US20090042844A1 - 17alpha-substituted steroids as systemic antiandrogens and selective androgen receptor modulators - Google Patents

17alpha-substituted steroids as systemic antiandrogens and selective androgen receptor modulators Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20090042844A1
US20090042844A1 US12/100,372 US10037208A US2009042844A1 US 20090042844 A1 US20090042844 A1 US 20090042844A1 US 10037208 A US10037208 A US 10037208A US 2009042844 A1 US2009042844 A1 US 2009042844A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
group
compound
hydrogen
fluoro
cyano
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Granted
Application number
US12/100,372
Other versions
US9284345B2 (en
Inventor
Fernand Labrie
Sylvain Gauthier
Julie CLOUTIER
Josee MAILHOT
Steeves POTVIN
Sylvain Dion
Jean-Yves SANCEAU
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Endorecherche Inc
Original Assignee
Endorecherche Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority to US12/100,372 priority Critical patent/US9284345B2/en
Application filed by Endorecherche Inc filed Critical Endorecherche Inc
Priority to HUE08748116A priority patent/HUE027508T2/en
Priority to AU2008238559A priority patent/AU2008238559B2/en
Priority to EP08748116.4A priority patent/EP2147014B1/en
Priority to CA2683522A priority patent/CA2683522C/en
Priority to PCT/CA2008/000672 priority patent/WO2008124922A1/en
Priority to NZ580328A priority patent/NZ580328A/en
Priority to DK08748116.4T priority patent/DK2147014T3/en
Assigned to ENDORECHERCHE, INC. reassignment ENDORECHERCHE, INC. ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: LABRIE, FERNAND, DR., POTVIN, STEEVES, CLOUTIER, JULIE, DION, SYLVAIN, MAILHOT, JOSEE, GAUTHIER, SYLVAIN, DR., SANCEAU, JEAN-YVES
Publication of US20090042844A1 publication Critical patent/US20090042844A1/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of US9284345B2 publication Critical patent/US9284345B2/en
Active legal-status Critical Current
Adjusted expiration legal-status Critical

Links

Images

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07JSTEROIDS
    • C07J41/00Normal steroids containing one or more nitrogen atoms not belonging to a hetero ring
    • C07J41/0033Normal steroids containing one or more nitrogen atoms not belonging to a hetero ring not covered by C07J41/0005
    • C07J41/0094Normal steroids containing one or more nitrogen atoms not belonging to a hetero ring not covered by C07J41/0005 containing nitrile radicals, including thiocyanide radicals
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00Antineoplastic agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P5/00Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system
    • A61P5/24Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system of the sex hormones
    • A61P5/28Antiandrogens
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07JSTEROIDS
    • C07J43/00Normal steroids having a nitrogen-containing hetero ring spiro-condensed or not condensed with the cyclopenta(a)hydrophenanthrene skeleton
    • C07J43/003Normal steroids having a nitrogen-containing hetero ring spiro-condensed or not condensed with the cyclopenta(a)hydrophenanthrene skeleton not condensed
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07JSTEROIDS
    • C07J63/00Steroids in which the cyclopenta(a)hydrophenanthrene skeleton has been modified by expansion of only one ring by one or two atoms
    • C07J63/008Expansion of ring D by one atom, e.g. D homo steroids

Definitions

  • This invention relates to novel inhibitors of sex steroid activity, for example to steroidal compounds having antagonistic activity on sex steroid receptors. More particularly, the invention relates to certain steroidal compounds having specified side-chains in 17 ⁇ -position which interact with the androgen receptor, and metabolites thereof which block androgen action by acting, among other mechanisms, through the androgen receptors, while not activating such receptors in some or all androgen-sensitive tissues.
  • Some compounds of the invention are Selective Androgen Receptor Modulators (SARMs) which have desirable antagonist activity in some tissues (e.g. prostate) while exhibiting no activity or desirable agonist activity in other tissues
  • Antiandrogens may have a significant therapeutic effect in slowing or stopping the progress of androgen-dependent diseases, e.g. diseases whose onset or progress is aided by androgen receptor or androgen receptor modulator activation.
  • an antiandrogen used in therapy to reduce androgen receptor activation have both good affinity for the androgen receptor and a substantial lack of inherent androgenic activity in the tissue(s) of interest.
  • the former refers to the ability of an antiandrogen to bind to the androgen receptor, and thus to block access to the receptor by androgens.
  • the latter refers to the effect the antiandrogen has on the receptor once it binds thereto.
  • Some antiandrogens may possess inherent androgenic activity (“agonistic activity”) which undesirably activates the very androgen receptors whose activation they are intended to prevent the action.
  • an antiandrogen with undesirable intrinsic androgenic activity may successfully bind to androgen receptors, desirably blocking access to those receptors by natural androgens, yet may undesirably itself activate the receptor in tissues where an exclusive antiandrogenic action is desired.
  • non-steroidal antiandrogens such as flutamide, casodex and anandron lack undesirable androgenic activity, but may have low receptor affinity compared to steroidal antiandrogens (i.e. androgen derivatives having a steroidal nucleus that is modified to provide antiandrogenic activity). Steroidal antiandrogens, however, are believed to more frequently possess undesirable agonistic characteristics, than non-steroidal antiandrogens.
  • SARMs is a new family of compounds having desirable antagonist activity in some tissues (e.g. prostate) while exhibiting no activity or desirable agonist activity in other tissues (e.g. bone or muscle). Some were recently reported in WO 02/00617, WO 2005/120483, US 2005/0033074, US 2005/0250741, US 2006/0014739, US 2006/0009529.
  • SARMs are in clinical trials for building muscle and promoting bone (Ostarine developed by GTx in United States), hypogonadism, benign prostatic hyperplasia, osteoporosis and female sexual dysfunction (LGD 2226 2941 developed by Ligand in United States) or age-related decline (BMS 564929 developed by Bristol-Myers Squibb in United States).
  • SARMs are also potential drugs for the prevention and treatment of osteopenia, bone fractures, alveolar bone loss, bone reconstruction, osteotomy, wasting diseases (cancer), loss of lean mass, obesity, muscle damage, hot flashes, periodontal disease, periodontitis, mandibular bone loss, Sjogren syndrome, eye dryness, dry skin, breast cancer, and possibility prostate cancer when the selective androgen receptor modulators (SARM) is free of androgenic activity in the prostate.
  • SARM selective androgen receptor modulators
  • antiandrogens having good affinity for the androgen receptor, while substantially lacking androgenic activity. These antiandrogens may be useful in the treatment and prevention of androgen-dependent diseases as described in more detail infra.
  • R 2 and R 4 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, hydroxyl, hydroxymethyl, —S—C 1 -C 4 alkyl, fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, cyano, nitro, amino, methoxy, ethoxy, acetyl, cyclopropyl, C 1 -C 4 straight or branched alkyl, C 2 -C 4 straight alkenyl, C 2 -C 4 straight alkynyl, and fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, or cyano analogs of the foregoing;
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, cyano, chloro, fluoro, methoxy, ethoxy, nitro, ethynyl, propynyl, butynyl, and OR′ 3 (R′ 3 being selected from the group
  • the compound, a salt or an N-oxide derivative of thereof has the following molecular formula:
  • n is an integer from 1 to 2;
  • R 2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and fluoro;
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, cyano, chloro, methoxy, ethoxy, nitro, and propynyl;
  • R 4 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, bromo, cyano, amino, cyclopropyl, C 1 alkyl, and fluoro analogs of the foregoing;
  • R 11 ⁇ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, fluoro, C 1 -C 2 alkyl, and C 2 alkenyl;
  • R 17 ⁇ and R 17 ⁇ are independently selected from the group consisting of hydroxyl, methoxy and -A-A′-Ar
  • n is an integer from 1 to 2;
  • R 4 is selected from the group consisting of fluoro, chloro, and methyl;
  • R 17 ⁇ and R 17 ⁇ are independently selected from the group consisting of hydroxyl and —CH 2 —Ar
  • the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent or carrier and a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of the molecular formula, a salt or an N-oxide derivative of thereof:
  • n is an integer from 1 to 2; Wherein dotted lines represent optional ⁇ -bonds;
  • R 2 and R 4 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, cyano, amino, methoxy, ethoxy, cyclopropyl, C 1 -C 3 straight or branched alkyl, C 2 -C 3 straight alkenyl, C 2 -C 3 straight alkynyl, and fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, or cyano analogs of the foregoing;
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, cyano, chloro, methoxy, ethoxy, nitro, and, —C ⁇ C—CH 3 ;
  • R 6 , R 7 , R 11 ⁇ and R 16 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, cyano, C 1 -C 3 straight or branched alkyl, C 2
  • the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent or carrier and a therapeutically effective amount of at least one Selective Androgen Receptor Modulator of the molecular formula, a salt or an N-oxide derivative of thereof:
  • R 4 is selected from the group consisting of cyano, chloro, nitro, and propynyl;
  • R 16 ⁇ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, and C 1 -C 5 alkyl, C 1 -C 5 alkenyl, and C 1 -C 5 alkynyl;
  • R 17 ⁇ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, and C 1 -C 5 alkyl, C 1 -C 5 alkenyl, and C 1 -C 5 alkynyl;
  • R′′ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, and C 1 -C 5 alkyl, C 1 -C 5 alkenyl, and C 1 -C 5 alkynyl;
  • A is group selected from the group consisting of —CH 2 —, —CHF—, —CH(CH 3 )—, propynylene, and
  • the invention provides topical or systemic pharmaceutical compositions containing the compounds of the invention together with pharmaceutically acceptable diluents or carriers.
  • compounds of the invention are used in the treatment or prevention of androgen-exacerbated skin related diseases such as acne, hirsutism, seborrhea, androgenic alopecia, male baldness and the like.
  • compounds of the invention are used in the treatment or prevention of androgen-exacerbated systemic diseases such as prostate cancer or benign prostatic hyperplasia, precocious puberty, polycystic ovarian syndrome, hyperrandrogenic syndromes, and the like.
  • treatment and prevention regimens for androgen-exacerbated diseases include use of the compounds disclosed herein, as part of a combination therapy which further utilizes other active compounds selected from the group consisting of 5alpha-reductase inhibitor, 17beta-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase type 5 and type 13 inhibitors, and other inhibitors of androgen biosynthesis.
  • compounds of the present invention having tissue-specific antiandrogenic activity and tissue-specific androgenic activity can be used to treat or reduce the risk of developing diseases related to loss of androgenic stimulation.
  • diseases related to loss of androgen stimulation such as muscle atrophy and weakness, benign prostatic hyperplasia skin atrophy, bone loss, anemia, arteriosclerosis, cardiovascular disease, loss of energy, loss of well-being, type 2 diabetes, abdominal fat accumulation and prostate cancer
  • compounds of the invention are used in the manufacture of a medicament for treatment of diseases discussed herein.
  • FIG. 1 shows the binding of EM-5854 to Human Androgen Receptor.
  • FIG. 2 shows the binding of EM-5985 to Human Androgen Receptor.
  • FIG. 3 shows the binding of EM-8419 and EM-8420 to Human Androgen Receptor.
  • FIG. 4 shows the binding of EM-5728 to Human Androgen Receptor.
  • FIG. 5 shows the binding of EM-6595 to Human Androgen Receptor.
  • FIG. 6 illustrates the effect of EM-5854 on the proliferation of androgen-sensitive mammary carcinoma Shionogi cells in the presence or absence of DHT. OH-FLU is used as reference.
  • FIG. 7 illustrates the effect of EM-5985 on the proliferation of androgen-sensitive mammary carcinoma Shionogi cells in the presence or absence of DHT. OH-FLU is used as reference.
  • FIG. 8 illustrates the effect of EM-8419 on the proliferation of androgen-sensitive mammary carcinoma Shionogi cells in the presence or absence of DHT. OH-FLU is used as reference.
  • FIG. 9 illustrates the effect of EM-8420 on the proliferation of androgen-sensitive mammary carcinoma Shionogi cells in the presence or absence of DHT. OH-FLU is used as reference.
  • FIG. 10 illustrates the effect of EM-5728 on the proliferation of androgen-sensitive mammary carcinoma Shionogi cells in the presence or absence of DHT. OH-FLU is used as reference.
  • FIG. 11 illustrates the effect of EM-6595 on the proliferation of androgen-sensitive mammary carcinoma Shionogi cells in the presence or absence of DHT. OH-FLU is used as reference.
  • FIG. 12 shows the effect of EM-5854 on the weight of ventral prostate and seminal vesicles following 7-day treatment of immature male rats with these compounds.
  • FIG. 13 shows the effect of EM-5985 on the weight of ventral prostate and seminal vesicles following 7-day treatment of immature male rats with these compounds.
  • FIG. 14 shows the effect of EM-8419 on the weight of ventral prostate, seminal vesicles and bulbocavernosus muscles following 7-day treatment of immature male rats with these compounds.
  • FIG. 15 shows the effect of EM-8420 on the weight of ventral prostate, seminal vesicles and bulbocavernosus muscles following 7-day treatment of immature male rats with these compounds.
  • FIG. 16 shows the effect of EM-5728 on the weight of ventral prostate, seminal vesicles and bulbocavernosus muscles following 7-day treatment of immature male rats with these compounds.
  • FIG. 17 shows the effect of EM-6595 on the weight of ventral prostate, seminal vesicles and bulbocavernosus muscles following 7-day treatment of immature male rats with these compounds.
  • FIG. 18 shows the comparison of In Vivo anti-androgenic activity of EM-5854 with that of Casodex (Bicalutamide) and Euflex (flutamide) in mature male rats.
  • Antiandrogens having a molecular structure selected from the group consisting of, and pharmaceutical composition comprising these ones, are particularly preferred:
  • the compounds of the invention, and pharmaceutical compositions containing them can be androgenic and may be utilized in accordance with the invention in the prevention and treatment of diseases regarding which androgens are beneficial such as muscle atrophy, begnin prostatic hyperplasia, breast, abdominal fat accumulation, skin atrophy, anemia, bone loss, osteoporosis, atherosclerosis, cardiovascular diseases, type 2 diabetes, loss of energy or well being.
  • diseases regarding which androgens are beneficial such as muscle atrophy, begnin prostatic hyperplasia, breast, abdominal fat accumulation, skin atrophy, anemia, bone loss, osteoporosis, atherosclerosis, cardiovascular diseases, type 2 diabetes, loss of energy or well being.
  • Selective Androgen Receptor Modulator having a molecular structure selected from the group consisting of, and pharmaceutical composition comprising these ones, are particularly preferred:
  • Antiandrogens or SARMs of the invention are preferably formulated together with pharmaceutically acceptable diluents, excipients or carriers (including capsules) into pharmaceutical compositions at conventional antiandrogen concentrations for antiandrogens used in the prior art.
  • the attending clinician may elect to modify the concentration and/or dosage in order to adjust the dose to the particular response of each patient.
  • the attending clinician will, especially at the beginning of treatment, monitor an individual patient's overall response and serum levels of antiandrogen or SARM (in comparison to the preferred serum concentrations discussed below), and monitor the patient's overall response to treatment, adjusting dosages as necessary where a given patients' metabolism or reaction to treatment is atypical.
  • carriers, excipients or diluents include solids and liquids.
  • an art-recognized preservative is typically included (e.g. benzyl alcohol).
  • the novel pharmaceutical compositions of the invention may be used in the treatment of androgen-related diseases, or to reduce the likelihood of acquiring such diseases.
  • conventional diluents or carriers which are known in the art to be pharmaceutically acceptable for systemic use are used, e.g., saline, water, aqueous ethanol, oil, etc.
  • the carrier is often a mixture of ingredients.
  • the antiandrogens or SARMs may be prepared for administration in conventional ways such as orally or by injection.
  • the antiandrogen can be administered, for example, by the oral route.
  • the compounds of the present invention may be formulated with conventional pharmaceutical excipients, (e.g. spray dried lactose and magnesium stearate) into tablets or capsules for oral administration.
  • conventional pharmaceutical excipients e.g. spray dried lactose and magnesium stearate
  • taste-improving substances can be added in the case of oral administration forms.
  • any pharmaceutical capsules known in the art may be filled with the active ingredients of the invention, with or without additional diluents and other additives discussed herein.
  • the active substance can be worked into tablets or dragee cores by being mixed with solid, pulverulent carrier substances, such as sodium citrate, calcium carbonate or dicalcium phosphate, and binders such as polyvinyl pyrrolidone, gelatin or cellulose derivatives, possibly by adding also lubricants such as magnesium stearate, sodium lauryl sulfate, “Carbowax” or polyethylene glycol.
  • solid, pulverulent carrier substances such as sodium citrate, calcium carbonate or dicalcium phosphate
  • binders such as polyvinyl pyrrolidone, gelatin or cellulose derivatives, possibly by adding also lubricants such as magnesium stearate, sodium lauryl sulfate, “Carbowax” or polyethylene glycol.
  • plug capsules e.g. of hard gelatin
  • closed soft-gelatin capsules comprising a softener or plasticizer, e.g. glycerine.
  • the plug capsules contain the active substance preferably in the form of granulate, e.g. in mixture with fillers, such as lactose, saccharose, mannitol, starches, such as potato starch or amylopectin, cellulose derivatives or highly dispersed silicic acids.
  • the active substance is preferably dissolved or suspended in suitable liquids, such as vegetable oils or liquid polyethylene glycols.
  • a dry delivery system as described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 3,742,951, 3,797,494 or 4,568,343 may be used.
  • the active ingredient may be placed into a transdermal patch having structures known in the art, for example, structures such as those set forth in E.P. Patent No. 0279982.
  • Solvents or devices as described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,064,654, 5,071,644 or 5,071,657 can also be used to facilitate transdermal penetration when systemic effects are desired.
  • the site of application on the skin should be changed in order to avoid excess local concentration of antiandrogens.
  • the antiandrogens of the invention are utilized for the treatment of androgen-related diseases of the skin such as acne, seborrhea, hirsutism, androgenic alopecia and male baldness.
  • the antiandrogens are preferably administered topically together with a conventional topical carrier or diluent.
  • a conventional topical carrier or diluent When used topically, it is preferred that the diluent or carrier does not promote transdermal penetration of the active ingredients into the blood stream or other tissues where they might cause unwanted systemic effects.
  • the carrier or diluent may be chosen from any known in the cosmetic and medical arts, e.g. any gel, cream, lotion, ointment, liquid or non liquid carrier, emulsifier, solvent, liquid diluent or other similar vehicle which does not exert deleterious effect on the skin or other living animal tissue.
  • the carrier or diluent is usually a mixture of several ingredients, including, but not limited to liquid alcohols, liquid glycols, liquid polyalkylene glycols, water, liquid amides, liquid esters, liquid lanolin, lanolin derivatives and similar materials.
  • Alcohols include mono and polyhydric alcohols, including ethanol, glycerol, sorbitol, isopropanol, diethylene glycol, propylene glycol, ethylene glycol, hexylene glycol, mannitol and methoxyethanol.
  • Typical carriers may also include ethers, e.g. diethyl and dipropyl ether, methoxypolyoxyethylenes, carbowaxes, polyethyleneglycerols, polyoxyethylenes and sorbitols.
  • the topical carrier includes both water and alcohol in order to maximize the hydrophylic and lipophylic solubility, e.g. a mixture of ethanol or isopropanol with water.
  • a topical carrier may also include various other ingredients commonly used in ointments and lotions and well known in the cosmetic and medical arts.
  • fragrances, antioxidants, perfumes, gelling agents, thickening agents such as carboxymethylcellulose, surfactants, stabilizers, emollients, coloring agents and other similar agents may be present.
  • the concentration of active ingredient in the ointment, cream, gel or lotion is typically from about 0.1 to 20 percent preferably between 0.5 and 5 percent and most preferably 2 percent (by weight relative to the total weight of the lotion, cream, gel or ointment). Within the preferred ranges, higher concentrations allow a suitable dosage to be achieved while applying the lotion, ointment, gel or cream in a lesser amount or with less frequency.
  • antiandrogens or SARMs are administered systemically, they are preferably administered orally or parenterally. Naturally, topical administration is preferred when the desired site of action is the skin.
  • Concentration of the active antiandrogen or SARMs varies in a known manner depending upon the method of administering the pharmaceutical composition.
  • a composition suitable for oral administration may preferably include at least one antiandrogen wherein the total concentration of all such antiandrogens in said pharmaceutical composition is from about 1% to 95% of the composition (by weight), and preferably from about 5% to about 20%. Where a combination of antiandrogens is used, the total dosage of the sum of all antiandrogens should be equal to the dosage range recited above. Blood level of the antiandrogen is a preferred criteria of adequate dosage which takes into account individual variation in absorption and metabolism.
  • the antiandrogen or SARM is preferably added at a concentration between about 0.1 mg/ml and about 100 mg/ml (preferably about 2.5 mg/ml to about 25 mg/ml).
  • Serum antiandrogen concentration should typically be maintained between 0.1 and 1000 micrograms per liter, preferably between 50 and 1000 micrograms per liter and most preferably between 50 and 500 micrograms per liter. Adequate serum levels may also be assessed by a patient's response to therapy.
  • the appropriate dosage of the antiandrogen or SARM to achieve desired serum concentration is between 10 and 2000 milligrams of active ingredient per day per 50 kg of body weight when administered orally.
  • about 2 to 1500 mg per day per 50 kg of body weight is recommended, preferably from 5 to 100.
  • topical use lotion ointment, gel or cream should be thoroughly rubbed into the skin so that no excess is plainly visible, and the skin is preferably not washed in that region for at least 30 minutes.
  • the amount applied should provide at least 0.02 milligrams of antiandrogen or SARM per square centimeter (preferably from 0.1 to 1 mg/cm 2 ) per application. It is desirable to apply the topical composition to the effected region from 1 to 6 times daily, e.g. 3 times daily at approximately regular intervals.
  • the antiandrogen of the invention is used in combination with another active ingredient as part of a combination therapy.
  • the novel antiandrogen may be utilized together with a separate 5 ⁇ -reductase inhibitor, a type 5 or type 3 17 ⁇ -hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase inhibitor, or a Prostate Short-Chain Dehydrogenase Reductase 1 inhibitor which may be incorporated into the same pharmaceutical composition as is the antiandrogen, or which may be separately administered.
  • Combination therapy could thus include treatment with one or more compounds which inhibit the production of dihydrotestosterone or its precursors.
  • the topical pharmaceutical composition further includes an inhibitor of steroid 5 ⁇ -reductase activity.
  • Propecia or Proscar is commercially available form Merck Sharp and Dohme.
  • Another inhibitor ⁇ Dutasteride >> which inhibits both 5 ⁇ -reductase co-enzymes is also commercially available from GlaxoSmithKline.
  • Inhibitors of type 5 17 ⁇ -hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase are disclosed in the international publication WO 99/46279. EM-1792, one of inhibitors type 13 17 ⁇ -hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase is described in WO 2005/000011;
  • oral dosage is preferably between 0.1 mg and 100 mg per day per 50 kg body weight, more preferably between 0.5 mg/day and 10 mg/day, for example 5.0 mg per day of finasteride or 0.5 mg per day of dutasteride.
  • oral dosage is preferably between 5 mg and 500 mg per day per 50 kg body weight, more preferably between 10 mg/day and 400 mg/day, for example 300 mg per day of EM-1404.
  • oral dosage is preferably between 10 mg and 1000 mg per day per 50 kg body weight, more preferably between 25 mg/day and 1000 mg/day, for example 200 mg per day of EM-1404 or EM-2881.
  • a patient in need of treatment or reducing the risk of onset of a given disease is one who has either been diagnosed with such disease or one who is susceptible to acquiring such disease.
  • the invention is especially useful for individuals who, due to heredity, environmental factors or other recognized risk factor, are at higher risk than the general population of acquiring the conditions to which the present invention relates.
  • the preferred dosage of the active compounds of the invention is identical for both therapeutic and prophylactic purposes.
  • the dosage for each active component discussed herein is the same regardless of the disease being treated (or prevented).
  • a plurality of different compounds are administered rather than a single compound having multiple activities.
  • compound and any associated molecular structure may include any possible stereoisomers thereof, in the form of a racemic mixture or in optically active form.
  • dosages herein refer to weight of active compounds unaffected by pharmaceutical excipients, diluents, carriers or other ingredients, although such additional ingredients are desirably included, as shown in the examples herein.
  • Any dosage form (capsule, tablet, injection or the like) commonly used in the pharmaceutical industry is appropriate for use herein, and the terms “excipient”, “diluent” or “carrier” include such non-active ingredients as are typically included, together with active ingredients in such dosage forms in the industry.
  • All of the active ingredients used in any of the combination therapies discussed herein may be formulated in pharmaceutical compositions which also include one or more of the other active ingredients. Alternatively, they may each be administered separately but sufficiently simultaneous in time so that a patient eventually has elevated blood levels or otherwise enjoys the benefits of each of the active ingredients (or strategies) simultaneously.
  • one or more active ingredients are to be formulated in a single pharmaceutical composition.
  • a kit is provided which includes at least two separate containers wherein the contents of at least one other container with respect to active ingredients contained therein. Two or more different containers are used in the combination therapies of the invention.
  • Combination therapies discussed herein also include use of one active ingredient of the combination in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment (or prevention) of the disease in question where the treatment or prevention further includes another active ingredient or strategy of the combination.
  • an LHRH agonist or antagonist or an inhibitor of type 3 17 ⁇ -hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase can be used.
  • the table 1 and 4 include in vitro determination of androgenic/antiandrogenic activity on mouse mammary carcinoma Shionogi cells and determination of the binding to Human Androgen. Receptors in transfected cells and in vivo data determination of antiandrogenic activity on rat. Detailed explanations of how the data were collected and reported follow the tables.
  • the table II includes in vivo determination of androgenic/antiandrogenic activity on immature male rat and bioavailability data
  • Column 1 the laboratory names of the antiandrogens are reported.
  • Column 2 represents the ratio in % of the IC 50 of the inhibition by hydroxyflutamide of the DHT-stimulated Shionogi mouse mammary carcinoma cell number versus the IC 50 of the inhibition by the antiandrogen. Higher values are preferable.
  • Column 3 represents the dose (expressed in nM) that inhibits by 50% (IC 50 ) the DHT-stimulated Shionogi mouse mammary carcinoma cell number. Lower values are preferable.
  • Column 4 represents the Relative Binding Affinity (RBA) of the antiandrogen expressed as percentage (%) on Rat Androgen Receptor relative to R1881 as calculated by the formula:
  • Column 5 represents the Relative Binding Affinity (RBA) of the antiandrogen expressed as percentage (%) on Human Androgen Receptor in transfected cells relative to R1881 as calculated by the formula:
  • Column 1 the laboratory names of the antiandrogens are reported.
  • Column 2 represents the rat oral absorption of the compound expressed in plasma Area Under the Curve (AUC).
  • Column 3 represents the concentration at 7 hours of the compound in the prostate expressed in ng/g.
  • Column 4 represents the agonistic efficacy in rat prostate expressed in percentage of change calculated by the following formula:
  • % change [W(compound) ⁇ W(control CX )/W(control DHT ) ⁇ W(control CX )] ⁇ 100.
  • W is the weight of the prostate.
  • Column 5 represents the agonistic efficacy in rat seminal vesicle expressed in percentage of change calculated by the following formula:
  • % change [W(compound) ⁇ W(control CX )/W(control DHT ) ⁇ W(control CX )] ⁇ 100.
  • W is the weight of the seminal vesicles.
  • Column 6 represents the antiandrogenic efficacy in rat prostate, expressed in percentage of change (% change) calculated by the following formula:
  • W is the weight of the prostate.
  • Column 7 represents the antiandrogenic efficacy in rat seminal vesicles, expressed in percentage of change (% change) calculated by the following formula:
  • W is the weight of the seminal vesicles.
  • W is the weight of the prostate.
  • Column 4 represents the antiandrogenic efficacy in rat seminal vesicles, expressed in percentage of change (% change) calculated by the following formula:
  • W is the weight of the seminal vesicles.
  • Column 1 the laboratory names of the SARM are reported.
  • Column 2 represents the stimulation expressed in % over the basal of Shionogi mouse mammary carcinoma cell number by a 10 ⁇ 7 M concentration of the SARM.
  • Column 3 represents the stimulation of the basal, expressed in % of the difference between the DHT-stimulated and the basal of Shionogi mouse mammary carcinoma cell number by a 10 ⁇ 7 M concentration of the SARM.
  • Column 4 represents the inhibition expressed in % of the DHT-stimulated Shionogi mouse mammary carcinoma cell number by a 10 ⁇ 7 M concentration of the SARM. Higher values are preferable.
  • Column 5 represents the Relative Binding Affinity (RBA) of the SARM expressed as percentage (%) on Human Androgen Receptor in transfected cells relative to R1881 as calculated by the formula:
  • RBA Relative Binding Affinity
  • % change [W(compound) ⁇ W(control CX )/W(control intact) ⁇ W(control CX )] ⁇ 100.
  • W is the weight of the prostate.
  • Column 3 represents the change of seminal vesicle of intact rat expressed in percentage of change calculated by the following formula:
  • % change [W(compound) ⁇ W(control CX )/W(control intact) ⁇ W(control CX )] ⁇ 100.
  • W is the weight of the seminal vesicle.
  • Column 4 represents the change of bulbocavernosus muscles of intact rat expressed in percentage of change calculated by the following formula:
  • % change [W(compound) ⁇ W(control CX )/W(control intact) ⁇ W(control CX )] ⁇ 100.
  • W is the weight of the bulbocavernosus muscles.
  • Column 5 represents the agonist effect on prostate in castrated rat expressed in percentage of change calculated by the following formula:
  • % change [W(compound) ⁇ W(control CX )/W(control DHT ) ⁇ W(control CX )] ⁇ 100.
  • W is the weight of the prostate.
  • Column 6 represents the agonist effect on seminal vesicle in castrated rat expressed in percentage of change calculated by the following formula:
  • % change [W(compound) ⁇ W(control CX )/W(control DHT ) ⁇ W(control CX )] ⁇ 100.
  • W is the weight of the seminal vesicles.
  • Column 7 represents the agonist effect on bulbocavernosus muscles in castrated rat expressed in percentage of change calculated by the following formula:
  • % change [W(compound) ⁇ W(control CX)/W(control DHT) ⁇ W(control CX)] ⁇ 100.
  • W is the weight of the seminal vesicles.
  • Column 8 represents the antiandrogenic effect on prostate in castrated rat, expressed in percentage of change (% change) calculated by the following formula:
  • W is the weight of the prostate.
  • Column 9 represents the antiandrogenic effect on seminal vesicles in castrated rat, expressed in percentage of change (% change) calculated by the following formula:
  • W is the weight of the seminal vesicles.
  • Column 10 represents the antiandrogenic effect on bulbocavernosus muscles in castrated rat, expressed in percentage of change (% change) calculated by the following formula:
  • W is the weight of the bulbocavernosus muscles.
  • HEK-293 Human Embryonic Kidney
  • hAR Human Androgen Receptor
  • Cells are further cultured for 48 h and then transferred into 10 cm petri dishes and cultured in DMEM containing 700 ⁇ g/ml of G-418 in order to inhibit the growth of non-transfected cells.
  • Medium containing G-418 is changed every two days until resistant colonies are observed. Positive clones are selected by PCR.
  • HEK 293 cells transfected with hAR are frozen until being used for the binding assay.
  • HEK-293 hAR Cell Cytosol Preparation On the morning of the binding assay, a pellet of HEK-293 hAR cells is thawed and suspended in buffer A (25 mM Tris-HCl, 1.5 mM EDTA disodium salt, 10 mM ⁇ -monothioglycerol, 10% glycerol, and 10 mM sodium molybdate, pH 7.4; 625 000 cells/0.1 ml). The cell suspension is sonicated for three periods of 30 sec (with intervals for cooling) and then centrifuged at 105 000 ⁇ g for 90 min.
  • buffer A 25 mM Tris-HCl, 1.5 mM EDTA disodium salt, 10 mM ⁇ -monothioglycerol, 10% glycerol, and 10 mM sodium molybdate, pH 7.4; 625 000 cells/0.1 ml.
  • the cell suspension is sonicated for three periods of 30 sec (with intervals for cooling) and
  • Rat Prostate Cytosol Preparation On the morning of the binding assay, ventral prostates collected from 24h-gonadectomized rats were homogenized in buffer A (1 g of tissue in 5 mL) and the homogenate was centrifuged as described above.
  • HAP hydroxylapatite
  • the radioactive steroid [ 3 H]R1881 solubilized in ethanol is diluted with buffer B (10 mM Tris-HCl, 1.5 mM EDTA disodium salt, 10 mM ⁇ -monothioglycerol, pH 7.4). Aliquots of the cell or prostate cytosol preparation (0.1 ml) are then incubated with 5 nM [ 3 H]R1881 (0.1 ml, ⁇ 100 000 cpm) in the presence or absence of the indicated concentrations of unlabeled compounds (0.1 ml, prepared in buffer B containing 30% ethanol) for 16-18h at 0-4° C.
  • Triamcinolone acetonide (TAC; 100 nM) is added to mask progesterone receptors. Unbound steroids are separated by incubation for 40 min at 0-4° C. with 0.3 ml HAP prepared in buffer P (50 mM Tris-HCl, 10 mM KH 2 PO 4 , pH 7.4). After incubation with HAP and 10 min of centrifugation at 1000 ⁇ g, the pellet is washed 3 times with 1 ml of buffer P. Thereafter, the radioactivity is extracted from the pellet by incubation at room temperature for 60 min with 1 ml of ethanol. After centrifugation, the supernatant is decanted into a scintillation vial and the pellet is extracted again with ethanol. After the addition of scintillation liquid, the radioactivity is measured in a liquid scintillation counter.
  • TAC Triamcinolone acetonide
  • Dose-response curves as well as IC 50 values of the tested compounds were calculated using a weighted iterative nonlinear least-square regression.
  • RBA Relative binding affinity
  • MEM minimal essential culture medium
  • FBS charcoal-stripped fetal calf serum
  • DHT Dihydrotestosterone
  • Shionogi cells were routinely grown in MEM supplemented with 100 nM DHT, 5% (v/v) charcoal-stripped FBS, 100 IU penicillin/ml, 50 ⁇ g streptomycin sulfate/ml, and 1% (v/v) non-essential amino acids, as previously described (Labrie and Veilleux, 1988; Labrie et al., 1988a; Labrie et al., 1988b). Cells were incubated at 37° C. in a humidified atmosphere of 5% CO 2 and 95% air.
  • Cells were plated in 24-well plates at a density of 18 000 cells/well and allowed to adhere to the surface of the plates for 24 h. Thereafter, medium was replaced with fresh medium containing 2% (v/v) charcoal-stripped FBS and the indicated concentrations of compounds diluted from stock solutions at a ⁇ 1000 concentration in 99% redistilled ethanol in the presence or absence of DHT (0.3 nM). Control cells received only the ethanolic vehicle (0.1% EtOH,v/v). Such a concentration of ethanol does not affect cell growth. The indicated increasing concentrations of agents were added to triplicate dishes, and cells were grown for 10 days with changes of medium every 2-3 days. Cell number was determined by measurement of DNA content as previously described (Simard et al., 1990).
  • Ki IC 50 /(1+S/K).
  • S represents the concentration of DHT (0.3 nM)
  • K is the apparent KD of DHT action on cell proliferation in Shionogi cells (0.1 nM)
  • IC 50 is the concentration of the compound giving a 50% inhibition of DHT action on cell growth.
  • Tested compounds were administered orally by gavage (in the morning) at a dose of 0.5 mg/animal (1.0 ml/animal; 3 animals/compound). Compounds were dissolved in dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO, 10% final concentration) and administered as a solution/suspension in 0.9% NaCl-1% gelatin. Blood samples ( ⁇ 0.5 mL/timepoint) were collected by jugular venipuncture on animals under isoflurane anesthesia at 1, 2, 3, 4, 7 and 24 h post-dosing. Blood samples were put into tubes containing EDTA(K 3 ) as anticoagulant and centrifuged at 4° C. for 10 min at 1700-2400 g. The resulting plasma is frozen on dry ice and kept at ⁇ 80° C. pending analysis. After the blood collection 7h post-dosing, the ventral prostate was collected from one rat per group for determination of the intraprostatic concentration of the tested compound.
  • DMSO dimethylsulfoxide
  • Plasma concentrations of the tested compounds and/or metabolite(s) were determined using liquid chromatography with mass spectrometric detection assay (LC-MS/MS). The plasma concentration of each compound versus time was used to calculate the area under the plasma concentration curve from 0 to 24 hr post-dose [AUC (0-24h) ]. AUC (0-24hr) values were calculated using the linear trapezoidal method. Intraprostatic concentrations of the compounds were determined by LC-MS/MS.
  • Immature male rats (Crl:CD(SD)Br) 22 to 24-day old were obtained from Charles-River, Inc. (St-Constant, Quebec, Canada) and housed up to 5 per cage in plastic bins in a temperature (23 ⁇ 1° C.)—and light (12 h light/day, lights on at 7h15)—controlled environment.
  • the rats were fed rodent chow and tap water ad libitum.
  • Compounds were tested in castrated rats supplemented (antagonistic activity) or not (agonistic activity) with an androgen.
  • Tested compounds were administered orally once daily for 7 days from Study Day 2 to Study Day 8 at doses ranging from 0.1 and 0.5 mg/animal.
  • Compounds were solubilized in dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO, 10% final concentration) and administered as a solution/suspension in 0.9% NaCl-1% gelatin.
  • Animals of the control groups received the vehicle alone during the 7-day period.
  • Some animals were treated with the antiandrogen Flutamide or Casodex as reference.
  • the animals under isoflurane anesthesia were killed by cervical dislocation on day 9 of the study, approximately 24h after the last dosing.
  • the ventral prostate and seminal vesicles were rapidly dissected and weighed.
  • the compound EM-5854 was administered orally once daily for 7 days from Study Day 2 to Study Day 8 at doses of 0.2 and 1 mg/animal while the reference compounds flutamide and bicalutamide (Casodex) were administered orally at doses of 1 and 5 mg/animal during the same period. Compounds were solubilized as described above. The animals under isoflurane anesthesia were killed by cervical dislocation on day 9 of the study, approximately 24h after the last dosing. The ventral prostate and seminal vesicles were rapidly dissected and weighed.
  • % change [W(compound) ⁇ W(control CX)/W(control DHT) ⁇ W(control CX)] ⁇ 100.
  • W is the weight of the prostate, seminal vesicles or bulbocavernosus muscles.
  • All antiandrogens of the invention show a potent and pure antiandrogenic activity in Shionogi mouse mammary carcinoma cells as well as in vivo on prostate and seminal vesicle weight in the rat. These compounds reverse the 0.3 nM DHT-induced cell proliferation with Ki values ranging from 0.35 nM to 24 nM while the Ki of hydroxyflutamide is 16.8 ⁇ 0.5 nM and the Ki of bicalutamide is 48 ⁇ 9 nM.
  • Ki values of the steroidal EM-5985 (0.9 ⁇ 0.2) and EM-5854 (2.5 ⁇ 0.4 nM) are respectively 12 and 5.5 times more potent than the Ki of hydroxyflutamide (table 1).
  • the AUC values of EM-5985, EM-5854 and EM-5945 are 3 709 ⁇ 397 ng.h/mL (7 h), 2 933 ⁇ 233 ng.h/mL (7 h), and 11 377 ⁇ 83 ng.h/mL (24 h), respectively, versus 4 059 ⁇ 259 ng.h/mL (24 h) for hydroxyflutamide when Flutamide is administered (table 2).
  • the present data show that the steroidal antiandrogens EM-5985 and EM-5854 and some related compounds are approximately 5 times more potent on rat androgen-sensitive parameters than currently available antiandrogens, thus indicating that these compounds should be developed as systemic antiandrogens for the treatment of androgen-dependant diseases especially as prostate cancer.
  • SARMs of the invention have a mixed androgenic/antiandrogenic activity on the proliferation of Shionogi cells. At 10 ⁇ 7 M, these compounds reversed the DHT-induced cell proliferation by 19% to 64% while, at the same concentration, they stimulated basal cell proliferation from 39% to 79%.
  • the prostate is a well-recognized parameter of androgenic activity, while the androgen-sensitive bulbocavernosus muscles, which are located beside the levator ani muscle (Poortmans and Wyndaele; 1998), are a valuable tool to evaluate anabolic activity.
  • SARMs of the invention shown have mixed androgenic/antiandrogenic activity in the immature rat models. In fact, these compounds have a slight to moderate stimulatory effect on the prostate in CX rats while a strong androgenic effect is observed in the muscle. On the other hand, these compounds reverse the DHT-induced stimulation of the prostate but none of these compounds exerts an antiandrogenic activity in the muscle.
  • EM-9017 In intact rat model, we observed in some case (i.e. EM-9017) a clear inhibition of the prostate and seminal vesicle but always a stimulation of the muscle. Thus, EM-9017 inhibits intact rat prostate and seminal vesicles of 53 ⁇ 5% and 43 ⁇ 6%, respectively, while stimulates the bulbocavernosus muscles of 54 ⁇ 13%.
  • SARMs of the invention are useful in the treatment and prevention of the benign prostatic hyperplasia and in the prevention of the prostate cancer.
  • estrone 1 150 g, 0.556 mol
  • glacial acetic acid a solution of estrone 1 (150 g, 0.556 mol) in 2.2 L of glacial acetic acid was heated at 90° C., in order to dissolve most of the steroid. The mixture was then cooled to 50° C. Meanwhile a mixture of nitric acid (70%, 38 mL), water (100 mL) and few crystals of sodium nitrite was heated at 50° C. for 10 min. The latter was added dropwise to the substrate. The resulting mixture was stirred overnight, then filtrated on a fritted glass funnel to provide 63.0 g (32%) of a pure yellow solid 2.
  • EM-8455 was prepared from the hydrochloride salt of picoline 7b (361 mg, 2.5 mmol) and compound 6 (182 mg, 0.61 mmol) using the procedure described for EM-5855. The amount of LDA used for this reaction was doubled to neutralize the hydrochloride salt. Flash chromatography gave 212 mg (84%) of EM-8455.
  • EM-8454 was prepared from EM-8455 (98 mg, 0.24 mmol) using the procedure described for EM-5854 to give 70 mg (68%) of EM-8454.
  • EM-8504 was prepared from picoline 7c (283 ⁇ L, 2.5 mmol) and compound 6 (150 mg, 0.50 mmol) using the procedure described for EM-5855 to give 90 mg (44%) of EM-8504.
  • EM-8505 was prepared from EM-8504 (26 mg, 0.064 mmol) using the procedure described for EM-5854 to give 20 mg (74%) of EM-8505.
  • EM-8632 was prepared from picoline 7d (260 ⁇ L, 3.0 mmol) and compound 6 (150 mg, 0.50 mmol) using the procedure described for EM-5855 to give 132 mg (62%) of EM-8632.
  • EM-8633 was prepared from EM-8632 (78 mg, 0.18 mmol) using the procedure described for EM-5854. The crude compound was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, 0-10% methanol in dichloromethane) to give 18 mg (22%) of EM-8633.
  • EM-9075 was prepared from picoline 7e (165 mg, 1.5 mmol) and compound 6 (150 mg, 0.50 mmol) using the procedure described for EM-5855. The temperature was ⁇ 90° C. instead of ⁇ 78° C. for this reaction. The crude compound (2 diastereoisomers) was purified by reverse-phase semi-preparative HPLC (50-100% methanol in water) to give 20 mg (10%) of EM-9075 as the minor isomer.
  • EM-9088 was prepared from picoline 7f (250 ⁇ L, 2.0 mmol) and compound 6 (100 mg, 0.33 mmol) using the procedure described for EM-5855.
  • LDA 0.5 M, 3.5 mL, 1.8 mmol
  • 7f the temperature was risen from ⁇ 78° C. to 0° C. over a 1 h period.
  • the crude compound was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, 0-100% acetone in hexanes) to give 10 mg (8%) of EM-9088.
  • EM-9108 was prepared from EM-9088 (30 mg, 0.074 mmol) using the procedure described for compound EM-9103 to give 7 mg (23%) of EM-9108.
  • the mixture was stirred for 3 h at 65° C.
  • the mixture was filtered through celite and washed several times with ethyl acetate.
  • the mixture was diluted with aqueous saturated sodium bicarbonate and extracted with ethyl acetate (3 ⁇ ).
  • the combined organic layer was washed with aqueous saturated sodium bicarbonate and brine, dried over MgSO 4 , filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure.
  • the crude compound was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, 0-30% acetone in hexanes) to give 34.5 mg (54%) of EM-8425.
  • EM-8439 was prepared from EM-8425 (42 mg, 0.10 mmol) using the procedure described for EM-5854. The crude compound was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, 0-10% methanol in dichloromethane) to give 29.7 mg (69%) of EM-8439.
  • estradiol 15 100 g, 0.368 mol
  • DMF dimethyl methoxyethyl ether
  • sodium hydride 50% dispersion in mineral oil
  • benzyl bromide 131 mL, 1.10 mol
  • the reaction mixture was added to a cooled methanol-water/3:1 solution (4 L), stirred for 30 min, and filtered.
  • the crude solid was triturated in hexanes (1.5 L), and filtered.
  • the aqueous phase was extracted one time with ethyl acetate; and the combined organic phase was washed 3 times with water and 2 times with brine, dried over MgSO 4 , filtered, and evaporated to give a brown oil.
  • the crude product was then chromatographed (toluene to toluene-ethyl acetate/89:11) to provide compound 18 as a beige foam (59.5 g, 53%).
  • Liquid ammonia (200 mL) was freshly condensed at ⁇ 78° C. and diluted with a solution of compound 21 (10.1 g, 21.7 mmol) in THF (200 mL).
  • the reaction mixture was treated with sodium (4.06 g, 177 mmol) in small portions, refluxed for 3 h, quenched with ammonium chloride (23.6 g) in small portions and water (100 mL), and stirred overnight to let ammonia to evaporate.
  • the reaction mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate after adjusting the pH to 5 with HCl 1 N. The organic phase was washed 2 times with brine, dried over MgSO 4 , filtered, and evaporated.
  • EM-5988 was prepared from the hydrochloride salt of picoline 7b (752 mg, 5.12 mmol) and compound 30 (400 mg, 1.28 mmol) using the procedure described for EM-8455. The crude compound was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, 0-60% acetone in hexanes) to give 434 mg (79%) of EM-5988.
  • EM-5987 was prepared from EM-5988 (200 mg, 0.47 mmol) using the procedure described for EM-5854 to give 192 mg (93%) of EM-5987.
  • the ⁇ -ketoester 34 (2.60 g, 6.59 mmol) was heated with lithium chloride (363 mg, 8.56 mmol) in 90% aqueous DMSO (50 mL) at 150° C. for 5 h. After cooling to room temperature, the mixture was poured into water. The precipitate was filtered, washed with water, and dried to furnish D-homosteroid 36 (2.08 g, 96%) as a white solid.
  • D-homosteroids 36 and 38 were alkylated with 7a or 7b according to the preparation of EM-5854 giving a 3:2 mixture of 17- ⁇ and 17- ⁇ regioisomers. In both cases, the regioisomers were separated by flash chromatography eluting with 1% methanol-dichloromethane.
  • Compound 45 was prepared from compound 43 (738 mg, 1.50 mmol) using the first procedure described for compound 12. The crude compound was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, 0-100% ethyl acetate in hexanes) to give 339 mg (56%) of compound 45.
  • EM-5296 was prepared from compound 47 (480 mg, 0.90 mmol) using the procedure described for EM-4240. The crude compound was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, 10-30% ethyl acetate in hexanes) to give 246 mg (59%) of EM-5296.
  • EM-4350 was prepared from EM-4240 (193 mg, 0.43 mmol) using the procedure described for EM-5854 to give 120 mg (60%) of EM-4350.
  • EM-5292 was prepared from EM-5296 (160 mg, 0.35 mmol) using the procedure described for EM-5854 to give 140 mg (85%) of EM-5292.
  • 3-aminoestrone 48 (294 mg, 1.11 mmol) (from Radu, I.-I., Poirier, D., Provencher, L. Tetrahedron Lett. 2002, 43, 7617) was treated with 7a (5.55 mmol) and LDA (5.44 mmol) at ⁇ 78° C. then 0° C. for 1 h as described for the preparation of EM-5855.
  • the crude residue was purified by flash chromatography eluting with 20% acetone-hexanes to yield compound 49 (252 mg, 62%) as a beige solid.
  • EM-5607 was prepared using the same method described for EM-5855. The crude product was chromatographed (chloroform-acetone/9:1 to chloroform-acetone/3:2 then chloroform-methanol/19:1 to chloroform-methanol/9:1). Compound 53 (454 mg, 1.39 mmol) gave EM-5607 (314 mg, 54%) (recovered compound 53: 200 mg).
  • EM-5628 was prepared using the same method described for EM-5854. The crude product was chromatographed (chloroform-methanol/99:1 to chloroform-methanol/9:1) and triturated from hexanes-acetone/4:1. EM-5607 (290 mg, 0.69 mmol) gave EM-5628 (260 mg, 86%).
  • the resulting mixture was vigorously stirred and heated to 100-105° C. for 60 h.
  • the reaction mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature, diluted with ethyl acetate and filtered through a pad of celite which was washed with additional ethyl acetate. After concentration and flash chromatography with 1% ethyl acetate-toluene, the orange residue was triturated from methanol (50 mL) to give imine 55 as a yellow solid (5.90 g, 70%).
  • EM-8901 (80 mg, 48%, white solid) was prepared from compound 58 according to preparation of EM-5855.
  • EM-8901 was treated with 3-chloroperbenzoic acid 70% at room temperature as described for preparation of EM-5854. The crude product was triturated from acetone to give EM-8904 (61 mg, 95%) as a white solid.
  • EM-9040 was prepared from compound 13 (65 mg, 0.12 mmol) using the procedure described for compound 4. The crude compound was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, 0-100% acetone in hexanes) to give 16 mg (32%) of EM-9040.
  • Compound 60 was prepared by using the same method described for compound 21 except that we used 2 equivalents of triethylsilane and 4 equivalents of boron trifluoride diethyl etherate.
  • Compound 59 (20.3 g, 40.9 mmol) gave compound 60 (18.7 g, ⁇ 100%) which was used directly in the next step to prepare compound 61.
  • Compound 70 was prepared by using the same method described for compound 5 except that 3 equivalents of iron (instead of 2.5) was used, and the reaction mixture was three times more diluted and heated at 100° C. (instead of 80° C.). The crude solid was dissolved in dichloromethane. The organic phase was washed with water and brine, dried over MgSO 4 , filtered, and evaporated. The crude product was chromatographed (hexanes-acetone/49:1 to hexanes-acetone/2:1) to afford compound 70 (1.70 g, 84% yield starting from 2.22 g, 6.31 mmol of compound 68).
  • Compound 71 was prepared by using the same method described for compound 72 except that the chromatography was performed with hexanes-dichloromethane-ethyl acetate/15:4:1 to hexanes-dichloromethane-ethyl acetate/3:1:1.
  • Compound 69 (2.01 g, 6.53 mmol) gave compound 71 (0.61 g, 30%).
  • EM-6594 was prepared by using the same method described for compound EM-6582 except that picoline 7b hydrochloride was used, and the amount of LDA was doubled.
  • the chromatography was performed with hexanes-acetone/9:1 to hexanes-acetone/3:2. Moreover, the chromatographed compound was triturated from hexanes-acetone/9:1.
  • Compound 71 (100 mg, 0.321 mmol) gave EM-6594 (62 mg, 46%).
  • EM-8986 was prepared by using the same method described for compound EM-6582 except that the chromatography was performed with hexanes-acetone/3:1 to acetone to acetone-methanol/9:1. Compound 72 (70 mg, 0.22 mmol) gave EM-8986 (25 mg, 28%).
  • EM-9016 was prepared by using the same method described for compound EM-6582 except that picoline 7b was used. The chromatography was performed with hexanes to acetone. Compound 72 (67 mg, 0.21 mmol) gave EM-9016 (88 mg, 96%).
  • EM-6583 was prepared by using the same method described for compound EM-8419 except that the chromatography was performed with chloroform-methanol/99:1 to chloroform-methanol/9:1. EM-6582 (50 mg, 0.12 mmol) gave EM-6583 (30 mg, 58%).
  • EM-6595 was prepared by using the same method described for compound EM-8419 except that the chromatography was performed with chloroform-acetone/9:1 to chloroform-acetone/3:2 followed by chloroform-methanol/19:1 to chloroform-methanol/9:1.
  • EM-6594 (40 mg, 0.095 mmol) gave EM-6595 (31 mg, 72%).
  • EM-8987 was prepared by using the same method described for compound EM-9013 except that dichloromethane was used in the work up and the crude compound was not purified by HPLC but triturated from methanol (2 mL). EM-8986 (45 mg, 0.11 mmol) gave EM-8987 (31 mg, 65%).
  • EM-9017 was prepared by using the same method described for compound EM-9013 except that the crude compound was not purified by HPLC. EM-9016 (20 mg, 0.046 mmol) gave EM-9017 (20 mg, 96%).
  • Compound 76 was prepared from compound 75 (2.65 g, 6.29 mmol) using the procedure described for compound 13. The crude compound was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, 0-10% ethyl acetate in toluene) to give 2.5 g (71%) of compound 76.
  • Alcohol 78 was obtained as an oil from dibenzyl ketone 19 (10.0 g, 21.4 mmol) by reaction with vinylmagnesium bromide (1 M in THF, 54 mmol) and anhydrous cerium(III) chloride (54 mmol) as described for the preparation of compounds 20 and 59.
  • the crude residue was purified by flash chromatography with 20% ethyl acetate-hexanes (9.25 g, 87%).
  • 3-cyanosteroid 83 (589 mg, 45% for 2 steps) was obtained from phenol 81 (1.25 g, 4.22 mmol) via triflate 82 as described for the preparation of compound 13 except that dimethylacetamide (heated at 120° C.) was used instead of DMF. Crude product was purified by flash chromatography eluting with 1-5% ethyl acetate-toluene.
  • 3-cyanoketone 83 (725 mg, 2.21 mmol) was treated with 4-benzyloxybenzylmagnesium chloride as described for the preparation of compound 11. Crude product was purified by flash chromatography eluting with 5% acetone-hexanes to provide 17 ⁇ -alkylated steroid 84 (610 mg, 55%) as an amorphous white solid.
  • EM-9159 (107 mg, 66% for 2 steps) was obtained from phenol 85 (160 mg, 0.387 mmol) via triflate 86 as described for the preparation of compounds 66 and 83.
  • Crude product was purified by flash chromatography eluting with 5% ethyl acetate-toluene. After evaporation of the solvent, the residual white solid was triturated from methanol.
  • Compound 89 was prepared from compound 88 (34 mg, 0.072 mmol) and 4-pyridineboronic acid (16 mg, 0.13 mmol) using the procedure described for EM-8420. The crude compound was purified by reverse-phase semi-preparative HPLC (5-100% methanol in water) to give 20 mg (61%) of compound 89.
  • the combined organic phase was washed with aqueous saturated ammonium chloride, aqueous sodium sulfite 1 M, water and brine, dried over MgSO 4 , filtered, then rotary evaporated.
  • the crude solid was purified by flash chromatography (hexanes-ethyl acetate/19:1 to hexanes-ethyl acetate/9:1) and recrystallized in hexanes-dichloromethane/19:1.
  • the mother liquors were chromatographed (hexanes-dichloromethane/1:1), then the solids were combined to afford compound 92 (214 mg, 53%).
  • compositions utilizing a preferred active antiandrogen EM-5985 for systemic use.
  • Other antiandrogens or SARMs of the invention or combination thereof, may be used in place of (or in addition to) EM-5985.
  • concentration of active ingredient may be varied over a wide range as discussed herein.
  • the amounts and types of other ingredients that may be included are well known in the art.
  • Composition suitable for injection Weight % Ingredient (by weight of total composition) EM-5985 5.0 Ethanol 6.4 NaCl 0.8 Water 86.9 Benzyl alcohol 0.9
  • Tablet Weight % Ingredient (by weight of total composition) EM-5985 20.0 Gelatin 5.0 Lactose 47.5 Starch 27.5
  • Gelatin capsule Weight % Ingredient (by weight of total composition) EM-5985 20.0 Lactose hydrous 62.0 Starch 4.8 Cellulose microcrystalline 12.8 Magnesium stearate 0.4
  • antiandrogens i.e. EM-5854, EM-8505 or EM-8454
  • SARMs i.e. EM-8420 or EM-9017
  • 5alpha reductase inhibitors, 17beta-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase type 5 inhibitors and 17b-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase inhibitors type 13 could be added at weight % (with prorata reduction of other components).
  • Composition suitable for injection Weight % Ingredient (by weight of total composition) EM-5985 5.0 Finasteride 0.4 Ethanol 6.0 NaCl 0.8 Water 86.9 Benzyl alcohol 0.9
  • Tablet Weight % Ingredient (by weight of total composition) EM-5985 20.0 Finasteride 1.0 Gelatin 5.0 Lactose 46.5 Starch 27.5
  • Gelatin capsule Weight % Ingredient (by weight of total composition) EM-5985 20.0 Finasteride 1.0 Lactose hydrous 61.0 Starch 4.8 Cellulose microcystalline 12.8 Magnesium stearate 0.4
  • composition suitable for injection Weight % Ingredient (by weight of total composition) EM-5985 5.0 EM-1404 5.0 Ethanol 6.0 NaCl 0.8 Water 82.3 Benzyl alcohol 0.9
  • Tablet Weight % Ingredient (by weight of total composition) EM-5985 20.0 EM-1404 20.0 Gelatin 5.0 Lactose 27.5 Starch 27.5
  • Gelatin capsule Weight % Ingredient (by weight of total composition) EM-5985 20.0 EM-1404 20.0 Lactose hydrous 42.0 Starch 4.8 Cellulose microcrystalline 12.8 Magnesium stearate 0.4
  • Composition suitable for injection Weight % Ingredient (by weight of total composition) EM-5985 5.0 EM-1791 0.4 Ethanol 6.0 NaCl 0.8 Water 86.9 Benzyl alcohol 0.9
  • Tablet Weight % Ingredient (by weight of total composition) EM-5985 20.0 EM-1791 20.0 Starch 27.5 Gelatin 5.0 Lactose 27.5
  • Gelatin capsule Weight % Ingredient (by weight of total composition) EM-5985 20.0 EM-1791 20.0 Lactose hydrous 42.0 Cellulose microcrystalline 12.8 Magnesium stearate 0.4 Starch 4.8

Abstract

Compounds having the structure, their salts or N-oxide derivatives:
Figure US20090042844A1-20090212-C00001
are used to treat or reduce le likelihood of acquiring androgen-dependent diseases, such as prostate cancer, benign prostatic hyperplasia, polycystic ovarian syndrome, acne, hirsutism, seborrhea, androgenic alopecia and male baldness. They can be formulated together with pharmaceutically acceptable diluent or carrier or otherwise made into any pharmaceutical dosage form. Combinations with other active pharmaceutical agents are also disclosed.

Description

    CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATION(S)
  • The present application claims priority of U.S. Provisional Application Ser. No. 60/911,434 filed Apr. 12, 2007 entitled THERAPEUTIC SELECTIVE ANDROGEN RECEPTOR MODULATORS and U.S. Provisional Application Ser. No. 60/911,452 filed Apr. 12, 2007 entitled EM-5854, EM-4350 AND RELATED COMPOUNDS AS SYSTEMIC ANTIANDROGENS, the disclosures of which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
  • This invention relates to novel inhibitors of sex steroid activity, for example to steroidal compounds having antagonistic activity on sex steroid receptors. More particularly, the invention relates to certain steroidal compounds having specified side-chains in 17α-position which interact with the androgen receptor, and metabolites thereof which block androgen action by acting, among other mechanisms, through the androgen receptors, while not activating such receptors in some or all androgen-sensitive tissues. Some compounds of the invention are Selective Androgen Receptor Modulators (SARMs) which have desirable antagonist activity in some tissues (e.g. prostate) while exhibiting no activity or desirable agonist activity in other tissues
  • BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE PRIOR ART
  • During the treatment of certain androgen-dependent diseases, it is important to greatly reduce or, if possible, to eliminate androgen-induced effects. For this purpose, it is desirable to both block access to the androgen receptors with “antiandrogens”, thus preventing androgens from binding and activating those receptors, and also to reduce the concentration of androgens available to activate the receptors. It is possible that, even in the absence of androgens, unoccupied androgen receptors may be biologically active. Hence, antiandrogens which bind and block the receptors may produce better therapeutic results than therapy which only inhibits androgen production.
  • Antiandrogens may have a significant therapeutic effect in slowing or stopping the progress of androgen-dependent diseases, e.g. diseases whose onset or progress is aided by androgen receptor or androgen receptor modulator activation.
  • It is desired that an antiandrogen used in therapy to reduce androgen receptor activation have both good affinity for the androgen receptor and a substantial lack of inherent androgenic activity in the tissue(s) of interest. The former refers to the ability of an antiandrogen to bind to the androgen receptor, and thus to block access to the receptor by androgens. The latter refers to the effect the antiandrogen has on the receptor once it binds thereto. Some antiandrogens may possess inherent androgenic activity (“agonistic activity”) which undesirably activates the very androgen receptors whose activation they are intended to prevent the action. In other words, an antiandrogen with undesirable intrinsic androgenic activity may successfully bind to androgen receptors, desirably blocking access to those receptors by natural androgens, yet may undesirably itself activate the receptor in tissues where an exclusive antiandrogenic action is desired.
  • Known non-steroidal antiandrogens such as flutamide, casodex and anandron lack undesirable androgenic activity, but may have low receptor affinity compared to steroidal antiandrogens (i.e. androgen derivatives having a steroidal nucleus that is modified to provide antiandrogenic activity). Steroidal antiandrogens, however, are believed to more frequently possess undesirable agonistic characteristics, than non-steroidal antiandrogens. Recently, some new non-steroidal antiandrogens possessing long substituents and having a better activity than the above-mentioned non-steroidal antiandrogens were described (Kawaminami et al., 2005, Kinoyama et al., 2004, Tucker et al., 2004) disclosed (U.S. Pat. No. 5,411,981, U.S. Pat. No. 6,071,957, US 2004/0077605, US 2004/0077606, EP 0 100 172, FR 91 00185, FR 92 08431, EP 002 892, EP 0 494 819, EP 0 578 516, EP 0 580 459, WO 95/18794, WO 96/19458, WO 97/00071, WO 97/19064, WO 97/23464, WO 98/53826, Japanese P2002-88073A), WO 00/37430 WO 01/16108, WO 01/16133, WO 02/24702, WO 2004/099188, WO 2004/111012, WO 2004/113309, WO 2005/040136.
  • However, steroidal antiandrogens with very high affinity for the androgen receptor and lacking undesirable agonistic characteristic were disclosed in the U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/030,850 and published in US-2005-0250749-A1, based upon the provisional application No. 60/535,121. These compounds possess specified side-chains positioned at position 18 and which interact with helix 12. Similarly non-steroidal antiandrogens with very high affinity for the androgen receptor and lacking undesirable agonistic characteristic were disclosed in the U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/452,545 and published in US-2006-0287327-A1, based upon the provisional application No. 60/691,391.
  • There is thus a need in the Art for steroidal antiandrogens having high affinity for the androgen receptor, while substantially lacking undesirable agonistic characteristics and having a good parenteral or oral bioavailability for systemic uses.
  • We have synthezised a new series of steroidal anti-androgens possessing a side-chain able to modify the interaction of the steroidal backbone with the Androgen Receptor.
  • Selective Androgen Receptor Modulators (SARMs) is a new family of compounds having desirable antagonist activity in some tissues (e.g. prostate) while exhibiting no activity or desirable agonist activity in other tissues (e.g. bone or muscle). Some were recently reported in WO 02/00617, WO 2005/120483, US 2005/0033074, US 2005/0250741, US 2006/0014739, US 2006/0009529. Some of these SARMs are in clinical trials for building muscle and promoting bone (Ostarine developed by GTx in United States), hypogonadism, benign prostatic hyperplasia, osteoporosis and female sexual dysfunction (LGD 2226 2941 developed by Ligand in United States) or age-related decline (BMS 564929 developed by Bristol-Myers Squibb in United States).
  • SARMs are also potential drugs for the prevention and treatment of osteopenia, bone fractures, alveolar bone loss, bone reconstruction, osteotomy, wasting diseases (cancer), loss of lean mass, obesity, muscle damage, hot flashes, periodontal disease, periodontitis, mandibular bone loss, Sjogren syndrome, eye dryness, dry skin, breast cancer, and possibility prostate cancer when the selective androgen receptor modulators (SARM) is free of androgenic activity in the prostate.
  • During the course of our antiandrogen research development program, we have synthesized a series of steroidal compounds possessing the biological properties of selective androgen receptor modulators. Particularly, we have focused our research on compounds having biological characteristics suitable for the treatment of benign prostatic hyperplasia and the prevention of the prostate cancer. For that purpose, SARMs must have potent anti-androgenic activity in androgen-sensitive cells with no or negligible agonistic activity in these cells. The compounds must also have a good anabolic activity in the muscle to avoid atrophy of the skeletal muscles which naturally occur with aging and the use of the current available anti-androgens
  • SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
  • It is an object of the present invention to provide antiandrogens, having good affinity for the androgen receptor, while substantially lacking androgenic activity. These antiandrogens may be useful in the treatment and prevention of androgen-dependent diseases as described in more detail infra.
  • It is an object of the present invention to provide a compound of the schematic molecular formula, a salt or an N-oxide of thereof:
  • Figure US20090042844A1-20090212-C00002
  • wherein n is an integer from 1 to 2;
    Wherein dotted lines represent optional π-bonds;
    Wherein R2 and R4, are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, hydroxyl, hydroxymethyl, —S—C1-C4 alkyl, fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, cyano, nitro, amino, methoxy, ethoxy, acetyl, cyclopropyl, C1-C4 straight or branched alkyl, C2-C4 straight alkenyl, C2-C4 straight alkynyl, and fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, or cyano analogs of the foregoing;
    Wherein R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, cyano, chloro, fluoro, methoxy, ethoxy, nitro, ethynyl, propynyl, butynyl, and OR′3 (R′3 being selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, carbamoyl, thiocarbamoyl, amido, and acyl);
    Wherein R6, R7, R11β are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, cyano, phenyl, C1-C4 straight or branched alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C2-C4 alkynyl, and fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, or cyano analogs of the foregoing;
    Wherein R16 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, cyano, pyridyl, indanyl, C1-C4 straight or branched alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C2-C4 alkynyl, cyclopropyl, and fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, or cyano analogs of the foregoing;
    Wherein R17α and R17β are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, dichloromethyl, OR′(wherein R′ being selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-C20 straight or branched alkyl, C2-C20 straight or branched alkenyl, C2-C20 straight, branched alkynyl, C2-C20 acyl and a group hydrolysed in the body), ethynyl, propynyl, butynyl, pentynyl, cyclopropylethynyl, and -A-A′-Ar
      • A and A′ being spacer group independently selected from the group consisting of absent, C1-C6 alkylene, C1-C6 alkenylene, C1-C6 alkynylene, —SO2— and arylene and Ar being selected from the group consisting of substituted or un-substituted pyridyl, substituted or un-substituted pyrazinyl, substituted or un-substituted pyrimidyl, substituted or un-substituted quinolinyl, and
  • Figure US20090042844A1-20090212-C00003
      •  (G being selected from the group consisting of cyano, —CONR1R2 (R1 and R2 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl), hydroxyl, —S—C1-C4 alkyl, —CSNH2, SO2CH3 and SOCH3;
        Wherein when R17α, is OR′; R17β is -A-A′-Ar, and when R17β is OR′, R17α, is -A-A′-Ar;
        R17α, and R17β together may form a keto group.
  • In one embodiment, the compound, a salt or an N-oxide derivative of thereof has the following molecular formula:
  • Figure US20090042844A1-20090212-C00004
  • wherein n is an integer from 1 to 2;
    Wherein R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and fluoro;
    Wherein R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, cyano, chloro, methoxy, ethoxy, nitro, and propynyl;
    Wherein R4 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, bromo, cyano, amino, cyclopropyl, C1 alkyl, and fluoro analogs of the foregoing;
    Wherein R11β, is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, fluoro, C1-C2 alkyl, and C2 alkenyl;
    Wherein R17α and R17β are independently selected from the group consisting of hydroxyl, methoxy and -A-A′-Ar
      • A and A′ being spacer group independently selected from the group consisting of absent, —CH2—, —CHF—, —CH(CH3)—, propynylene, and
  • Figure US20090042844A1-20090212-C00005
      •  (B and C being independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, fluoro, and methyl), and Ar being selected from the group consisting of:
  • Figure US20090042844A1-20090212-C00006
      •  (D being selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, bromo, methyl, ethyl and methoxy and E being selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, cyano and methyl);
  • Figure US20090042844A1-20090212-C00007
      •  (f is CH or nitrogen);
      • and
  • Figure US20090042844A1-20090212-C00008
      •  (G being selected from the group consisting of cyano, —CONR1R2 (R1 and R2 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and methyl) and —SOCH3
        Wherein when R17α is hydroxyl or methoxy, R17β is -A-A′-Ar, and when R17β is hydroxyl or methoxy, R17α is -A-A′-Ar.
        R17α and R17β together may form a keto group
  • In another embodiment a salt or an N-oxide derivative of thereof has the following molecular formula:
  • Figure US20090042844A1-20090212-C00009
  • wherein n is an integer from 1 to 2;
    Wherein R4 is selected from the group consisting of fluoro, chloro, and methyl;
    Wherein R17α and R17β are independently selected from the group consisting of hydroxyl and —CH2—Ar
      • Ar being selected from the group consisting of:
  • Figure US20090042844A1-20090212-C00010
      •  (D being selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, fluoro, and methyl);
        Wherein when R17α is hydroxyl or methoxy, R17β is —CH2—Ar, and when R17β is hydroxyl or methoxy, R17α is —CH2—Ar.
  • In another embodiment, the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent or carrier and a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of the molecular formula, a salt or an N-oxide derivative of thereof:
  • Figure US20090042844A1-20090212-C00011
  • wherein n is an integer from 1 to 2;
    Wherein dotted lines represent optional π-bonds;
    Wherein R2 and R4, are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, cyano, amino, methoxy, ethoxy, cyclopropyl, C1-C3 straight or branched alkyl, C2-C3 straight alkenyl, C2-C3 straight alkynyl, and fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, or cyano analogs of the foregoing;
    Wherein R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, cyano, chloro, methoxy, ethoxy, nitro, and, —C≡C—CH3;
    Wherein R6, R7, R11β and R16 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, cyano, C1-C3 straight or branched alkyl, C2-C3 alkenyl, C2-C3 alkynyl, and fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, or cyano analogs of the foregoing;
    Wherein R17α and R17β are independently selected from the group consisting of OR′ (wherein R′ being selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-C20 straight or branched alkyl, C2-C20 straight or branched alkenyl, C2-C20 straight, branched alkynyl, C2-C20 acyl and a group hydrolysed in the body) and -A-Ar
      • A being spacer group selected from the group consisting of C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 alkenyl, C1-C6 alkynyl and aryl and Ar being selected from the group consisting of substituted or un-substituted pyridyl and
  • Figure US20090042844A1-20090212-C00012
      •  (G being selected from the group consisting of cyano, —CONR1R2 (R1 and R2 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl) and SOCH3;
        Wherein when R17α is OR′, R17β is —A-Ar, and when R17β is OR′, R17α is —A-Ar;
        R17α and R17β together may form a keto group.
  • In another embodiment, the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent or carrier and a therapeutically effective amount of at least one Selective Androgen Receptor Modulator of the molecular formula, a salt or an N-oxide derivative of thereof:
  • Figure US20090042844A1-20090212-C00013
  • Wherein R4 is selected from the group consisting of cyano, chloro, nitro, and propynyl;
    Wherein R16β is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, and C1-C5 alkyl, C1-C5 alkenyl, and C1-C5 alkynyl;
    Wherein R17α is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, and C1-C5 alkyl, C1-C5 alkenyl, and C1-C5 alkynyl;
    Wherein R″ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, and C1-C5 alkyl, C1-C5 alkenyl, and C1-C5 alkynyl;
    Wherein A is group selected from the group consisting of —CH2—, —CHF—, —CH(CH3)—, propynylene, and
  • Figure US20090042844A1-20090212-C00014
  • (B and C being independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, fluoro, and methyl),
    Wherein Ar being selected from the group consisting of:
  • Figure US20090042844A1-20090212-C00015
      • (D being selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, bromo, methyl, ethyl and methoxy and E being selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, cyano and methyl);
  • Figure US20090042844A1-20090212-C00016
      • (f is CH or nitrogen);
  • and
  • Figure US20090042844A1-20090212-C00017
      • (G being selected from the group consisting of cyano, —CONR1R2 (R1 and R2 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and methyl) and —SOCH3.
  • In another embodiment, the invention provides topical or systemic pharmaceutical compositions containing the compounds of the invention together with pharmaceutically acceptable diluents or carriers.
  • In another aspect, compounds of the invention, or pharmaceutical compositions containing them, are used in the treatment or prevention of androgen-exacerbated skin related diseases such as acne, hirsutism, seborrhea, androgenic alopecia, male baldness and the like.
  • In another embodiment, compounds of the invention are used in the treatment or prevention of androgen-exacerbated systemic diseases such as prostate cancer or benign prostatic hyperplasia, precocious puberty, polycystic ovarian syndrome, hyperrandrogenic syndromes, and the like.
  • In another embodiment, treatment and prevention regimens for androgen-exacerbated diseases include use of the compounds disclosed herein, as part of a combination therapy which further utilizes other active compounds selected from the group consisting of 5alpha-reductase inhibitor, 17beta-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase type 5 and type 13 inhibitors, and other inhibitors of androgen biosynthesis.
  • In another aspect, compounds of the present invention having tissue-specific antiandrogenic activity and tissue-specific androgenic activity can be used to treat or reduce the risk of developing diseases related to loss of androgenic stimulation.
  • It is another object to provide selective androgen receptor modulators for treatment (or reduction of the likelihood of acquiring) diseases related to loss of androgen stimulation such as muscle atrophy and weakness, benign prostatic hyperplasia skin atrophy, bone loss, anemia, arteriosclerosis, cardiovascular disease, loss of energy, loss of well-being, type 2 diabetes, abdominal fat accumulation and prostate cancer
  • It is another object to provide treatment or reduction of the risk of developing muscle atrophy and weakness, benign prostatic hyperplasia skin atrophy, bone loss, anemia, arteriosclerosis, cardiovascular disease, loss of energy, loss of well-being, type 2 diabetes, abdominal fat accumulation and prostate cancer
  • In another aspect, compounds of the invention are used in the manufacture of a medicament for treatment of diseases discussed herein.
  • It is another object to provide pharmaceutical compounds with good systemic bioavailability.
  • BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
  • FIG. 1 shows the binding of EM-5854 to Human Androgen Receptor.
  • FIG. 2 shows the binding of EM-5985 to Human Androgen Receptor.
  • FIG. 3 shows the binding of EM-8419 and EM-8420 to Human Androgen Receptor.
  • FIG. 4 shows the binding of EM-5728 to Human Androgen Receptor.
  • FIG. 5 shows the binding of EM-6595 to Human Androgen Receptor.
  • FIG. 6 illustrates the effect of EM-5854 on the proliferation of androgen-sensitive mammary carcinoma Shionogi cells in the presence or absence of DHT. OH-FLU is used as reference.
  • FIG. 7 illustrates the effect of EM-5985 on the proliferation of androgen-sensitive mammary carcinoma Shionogi cells in the presence or absence of DHT. OH-FLU is used as reference.
  • FIG. 8 illustrates the effect of EM-8419 on the proliferation of androgen-sensitive mammary carcinoma Shionogi cells in the presence or absence of DHT. OH-FLU is used as reference.
  • FIG. 9 illustrates the effect of EM-8420 on the proliferation of androgen-sensitive mammary carcinoma Shionogi cells in the presence or absence of DHT. OH-FLU is used as reference.
  • FIG. 10 illustrates the effect of EM-5728 on the proliferation of androgen-sensitive mammary carcinoma Shionogi cells in the presence or absence of DHT. OH-FLU is used as reference.
  • FIG. 11 illustrates the effect of EM-6595 on the proliferation of androgen-sensitive mammary carcinoma Shionogi cells in the presence or absence of DHT. OH-FLU is used as reference.
  • FIG. 12 shows the effect of EM-5854 on the weight of ventral prostate and seminal vesicles following 7-day treatment of immature male rats with these compounds.
  • FIG. 13 shows the effect of EM-5985 on the weight of ventral prostate and seminal vesicles following 7-day treatment of immature male rats with these compounds.
  • FIG. 14 shows the effect of EM-8419 on the weight of ventral prostate, seminal vesicles and bulbocavernosus muscles following 7-day treatment of immature male rats with these compounds.
  • FIG. 15 shows the effect of EM-8420 on the weight of ventral prostate, seminal vesicles and bulbocavernosus muscles following 7-day treatment of immature male rats with these compounds.
  • FIG. 16 shows the effect of EM-5728 on the weight of ventral prostate, seminal vesicles and bulbocavernosus muscles following 7-day treatment of immature male rats with these compounds.
  • FIG. 17 shows the effect of EM-6595 on the weight of ventral prostate, seminal vesicles and bulbocavernosus muscles following 7-day treatment of immature male rats with these compounds.
  • FIG. 18 shows the comparison of In Vivo anti-androgenic activity of EM-5854 with that of Casodex (Bicalutamide) and Euflex (flutamide) in mature male rats.
  • DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE PREFERRED EMBODIMENTS
  • Antiandrogens having a molecular structure selected from the group consisting of, and pharmaceutical composition comprising these ones, are particularly preferred:
  • Figure US20090042844A1-20090212-C00018
  • In certain circumstances (e.g. at certain concentrations) the compounds of the invention, and pharmaceutical compositions containing them, can be androgenic and may be utilized in accordance with the invention in the prevention and treatment of diseases regarding which androgens are beneficial such as muscle atrophy, begnin prostatic hyperplasia, breast, abdominal fat accumulation, skin atrophy, anemia, bone loss, osteoporosis, atherosclerosis, cardiovascular diseases, type 2 diabetes, loss of energy or well being.
  • During the course of our antiandrogen research development program, specifically on estratriene derivatives, we have found compounds which exhibit SARM (described in this document) and full androgenic properties. Starting with a pure antiandrogen, we observed that small increase of the size of the molecule could give a SARM or androgenic compound. Preferred positions on the steroid to this change in activities are 3, 4, 11β, 16 and 17α. For example, when we introduced an 11β-methyl group to the pure antiandrogen EM-5854, we observed that EM-6583 became a SARM. Moreover, when we changed the 4-fluoro by a 4-chloro on EM-6583, we obtained a pure androgen (EM-5697). Similarly, when we increased the size of the chain at 17α-position on (1,4-phenylene as a spacer group), EM-8419 became a SARM. Again, when we changed the 4-fluoro by a 4-chloro on EM-8419, we obtained a pure androgen (EM-5313).
  • Figure US20090042844A1-20090212-C00019
  • We did not quantify this phenomenon yet but we observed that the affinity to androgen receptor have generally increased when we reached pure androgenic compounds. We also believed that a larger size increase could reverse the observed tendency (androgen to SARM or antiandrogen). Thus, it is not obvious to make good predictions of the biological activity of this compound family but some trends are observable.
  • Selective Androgen Receptor Modulator having a molecular structure selected from the group consisting of, and pharmaceutical composition comprising these ones, are particularly preferred:
  • Figure US20090042844A1-20090212-C00020
    Figure US20090042844A1-20090212-C00021
  • Antiandrogens or SARMs of the invention are preferably formulated together with pharmaceutically acceptable diluents, excipients or carriers (including capsules) into pharmaceutical compositions at conventional antiandrogen concentrations for antiandrogens used in the prior art. Taking into account the higher potency of the compounds of this invention, the attending clinician may elect to modify the concentration and/or dosage in order to adjust the dose to the particular response of each patient. Preferably, the attending clinician will, especially at the beginning of treatment, monitor an individual patient's overall response and serum levels of antiandrogen or SARM (in comparison to the preferred serum concentrations discussed below), and monitor the patient's overall response to treatment, adjusting dosages as necessary where a given patients' metabolism or reaction to treatment is atypical. As discussed in more detail below, carriers, excipients or diluents include solids and liquids. When a composition is prepared other than for immediate use, an art-recognized preservative is typically included (e.g. benzyl alcohol). The novel pharmaceutical compositions of the invention may be used in the treatment of androgen-related diseases, or to reduce the likelihood of acquiring such diseases. When administered systemically (e.g., for treatment of prostate cancer, benign prostatic hyperplasia, precocious puberty, polycystic ovarian syndrome and other diseases not primarily affecting the skin) conventional diluents or carriers which are known in the art to be pharmaceutically acceptable for systemic use are used, e.g., saline, water, aqueous ethanol, oil, etc. The carrier is often a mixture of ingredients.
  • When formulated for systemic use, the antiandrogens or SARMs may be prepared for administration in conventional ways such as orally or by injection. The antiandrogen can be administered, for example, by the oral route. The compounds of the present invention may be formulated with conventional pharmaceutical excipients, (e.g. spray dried lactose and magnesium stearate) into tablets or capsules for oral administration. Of course, taste-improving substances can be added in the case of oral administration forms. When capsules for oral ingestion are desired, any pharmaceutical capsules known in the art may be filled with the active ingredients of the invention, with or without additional diluents and other additives discussed herein.
  • The active substance can be worked into tablets or dragee cores by being mixed with solid, pulverulent carrier substances, such as sodium citrate, calcium carbonate or dicalcium phosphate, and binders such as polyvinyl pyrrolidone, gelatin or cellulose derivatives, possibly by adding also lubricants such as magnesium stearate, sodium lauryl sulfate, “Carbowax” or polyethylene glycol.
  • As further forms, one can use plug capsules, e.g. of hard gelatin, as well as closed soft-gelatin capsules comprising a softener or plasticizer, e.g. glycerine. The plug capsules contain the active substance preferably in the form of granulate, e.g. in mixture with fillers, such as lactose, saccharose, mannitol, starches, such as potato starch or amylopectin, cellulose derivatives or highly dispersed silicic acids. In soft-gelatin capsules, the active substance is preferably dissolved or suspended in suitable liquids, such as vegetable oils or liquid polyethylene glycols.
  • A dry delivery system, as described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 3,742,951, 3,797,494 or 4,568,343 may be used.
  • Alternatively, the active ingredient may be placed into a transdermal patch having structures known in the art, for example, structures such as those set forth in E.P. Patent No. 0279982.
  • Solvents or devices as described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,064,654, 5,071,644 or 5,071,657 can also be used to facilitate transdermal penetration when systemic effects are desired. When used to treat systemic diseases, the site of application on the skin should be changed in order to avoid excess local concentration of antiandrogens.
  • In some embodiments, the antiandrogens of the invention are utilized for the treatment of androgen-related diseases of the skin such as acne, seborrhea, hirsutism, androgenic alopecia and male baldness. When used for any of these purposes, the antiandrogens are preferably administered topically together with a conventional topical carrier or diluent. When used topically, it is preferred that the diluent or carrier does not promote transdermal penetration of the active ingredients into the blood stream or other tissues where they might cause unwanted systemic effects.
  • When the compound is administered in a cutaneous or topical carrier or diluent, the carrier or diluent may be chosen from any known in the cosmetic and medical arts, e.g. any gel, cream, lotion, ointment, liquid or non liquid carrier, emulsifier, solvent, liquid diluent or other similar vehicle which does not exert deleterious effect on the skin or other living animal tissue. The carrier or diluent is usually a mixture of several ingredients, including, but not limited to liquid alcohols, liquid glycols, liquid polyalkylene glycols, water, liquid amides, liquid esters, liquid lanolin, lanolin derivatives and similar materials. Alcohols include mono and polyhydric alcohols, including ethanol, glycerol, sorbitol, isopropanol, diethylene glycol, propylene glycol, ethylene glycol, hexylene glycol, mannitol and methoxyethanol. Typical carriers may also include ethers, e.g. diethyl and dipropyl ether, methoxypolyoxyethylenes, carbowaxes, polyethyleneglycerols, polyoxyethylenes and sorbitols. Usually, the topical carrier includes both water and alcohol in order to maximize the hydrophylic and lipophylic solubility, e.g. a mixture of ethanol or isopropanol with water.
  • A topical carrier may also include various other ingredients commonly used in ointments and lotions and well known in the cosmetic and medical arts. For example, fragrances, antioxidants, perfumes, gelling agents, thickening agents such as carboxymethylcellulose, surfactants, stabilizers, emollients, coloring agents and other similar agents may be present.
  • The concentration of active ingredient in the ointment, cream, gel or lotion is typically from about 0.1 to 20 percent preferably between 0.5 and 5 percent and most preferably 2 percent (by weight relative to the total weight of the lotion, cream, gel or ointment). Within the preferred ranges, higher concentrations allow a suitable dosage to be achieved while applying the lotion, ointment, gel or cream in a lesser amount or with less frequency.
  • Several non-limiting examples infra describe the preparation of a typical lotion and gel, respectively. In addition to vehicles, one skilled in the art may choose other vehicles in order to adapt to specific dermatologic needs.
  • When antiandrogens or SARMs are administered systemically, they are preferably administered orally or parenterally. Naturally, topical administration is preferred when the desired site of action is the skin.
  • Concentration of the active antiandrogen or SARMs varies in a known manner depending upon the method of administering the pharmaceutical composition. A composition suitable for oral administration may preferably include at least one antiandrogen wherein the total concentration of all such antiandrogens in said pharmaceutical composition is from about 1% to 95% of the composition (by weight), and preferably from about 5% to about 20%. Where a combination of antiandrogens is used, the total dosage of the sum of all antiandrogens should be equal to the dosage range recited above. Blood level of the antiandrogen is a preferred criteria of adequate dosage which takes into account individual variation in absorption and metabolism.
  • When prepared for parental injection, the antiandrogen or SARM is preferably added at a concentration between about 0.1 mg/ml and about 100 mg/ml (preferably about 2.5 mg/ml to about 25 mg/ml).
  • When systemic activity is desired, it is necessary only that the antiandrogen or SARM be administered in a manner and at a dosage sufficient to allow blood serum concentration to obtain desired levels. Serum antiandrogen concentration should typically be maintained between 0.1 and 1000 micrograms per liter, preferably between 50 and 1000 micrograms per liter and most preferably between 50 and 500 micrograms per liter. Adequate serum levels may also be assessed by a patient's response to therapy.
  • For typical patients, the appropriate dosage of the antiandrogen or SARM to achieve desired serum concentration is between 10 and 2000 milligrams of active ingredient per day per 50 kg of body weight when administered orally. When administered by injection, about 2 to 1500 mg per day per 50 kg of body weight is recommended, preferably from 5 to 100.
  • For topical use lotion, ointment, gel or cream should be thoroughly rubbed into the skin so that no excess is plainly visible, and the skin is preferably not washed in that region for at least 30 minutes. The amount applied should provide at least 0.02 milligrams of antiandrogen or SARM per square centimeter (preferably from 0.1 to 1 mg/cm2) per application. It is desirable to apply the topical composition to the effected region from 1 to 6 times daily, e.g. 3 times daily at approximately regular intervals.
  • In some embodiments of the invention, the antiandrogen of the invention is used in combination with another active ingredient as part of a combination therapy. For example, the novel antiandrogen may be utilized together with a separate 5α-reductase inhibitor, a type 5 or type 3 17β-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase inhibitor, or a Prostate Short-Chain Dehydrogenase Reductase 1 inhibitor which may be incorporated into the same pharmaceutical composition as is the antiandrogen, or which may be separately administered. Combination therapy could thus include treatment with one or more compounds which inhibit the production of dihydrotestosterone or its precursors. In some preferred embodiments of the invention, the topical pharmaceutical composition further includes an inhibitor of steroid 5α-reductase activity. One such inhibitor (“Propecia or Proscar”) is commercially available form Merck Sharp and Dohme. Another inhibitor <<Dutasteride >> which inhibits both 5α-reductase co-enzymes is also commercially available from GlaxoSmithKline. Inhibitors of type 5 17β-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase (more particularly compound EM-1404) are disclosed in the international publication WO 99/46279. EM-1792, one of inhibitors type 13 17β-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase is described in WO 2005/000011;
  • When 5alpha-reductase inhibitors are used in combination therapies, in accordance with the invention described herein, oral dosage is preferably between 0.1 mg and 100 mg per day per 50 kg body weight, more preferably between 0.5 mg/day and 10 mg/day, for example 5.0 mg per day of finasteride or 0.5 mg per day of dutasteride.
  • When type 5 17beta-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase inhibitors are used in combination therapies, in accordance with the invention described herein, oral dosage is preferably between 5 mg and 500 mg per day per 50 kg body weight, more preferably between 10 mg/day and 400 mg/day, for example 300 mg per day of EM-1404.
  • When 17β-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenease type 5 or type 13 inhibitors are used in combination therapies, in accordance with the invention described herein, oral dosage is preferably between 10 mg and 1000 mg per day per 50 kg body weight, more preferably between 25 mg/day and 1000 mg/day, for example 200 mg per day of EM-1404 or EM-2881.
  • A patient in need of treatment or reducing the risk of onset of a given disease is one who has either been diagnosed with such disease or one who is susceptible to acquiring such disease. The invention is especially useful for individuals who, due to heredity, environmental factors or other recognized risk factor, are at higher risk than the general population of acquiring the conditions to which the present invention relates.
  • Except where otherwise stated, the preferred dosage of the active compounds of the invention is identical for both therapeutic and prophylactic purposes. The dosage for each active component discussed herein is the same regardless of the disease being treated (or prevented).
  • Where two are more different active agents are discussed as part of a combination therapy herein (e.g. an enzyme inhibitor and an antiandrogen), a plurality of different compounds are administered rather than a single compound having multiple activities.
  • Except where otherwise indicated, the term “compound” and any associated molecular structure may include any possible stereoisomers thereof, in the form of a racemic mixture or in optically active form.
  • Except where otherwise noted or where apparent from context, dosages herein refer to weight of active compounds unaffected by pharmaceutical excipients, diluents, carriers or other ingredients, although such additional ingredients are desirably included, as shown in the examples herein. Any dosage form (capsule, tablet, injection or the like) commonly used in the pharmaceutical industry is appropriate for use herein, and the terms “excipient”, “diluent” or “carrier” include such non-active ingredients as are typically included, together with active ingredients in such dosage forms in the industry.
  • All of the active ingredients used in any of the combination therapies discussed herein may be formulated in pharmaceutical compositions which also include one or more of the other active ingredients. Alternatively, they may each be administered separately but sufficiently simultaneous in time so that a patient eventually has elevated blood levels or otherwise enjoys the benefits of each of the active ingredients (or strategies) simultaneously. In some preferred embodiments of the invention, for example, one or more active ingredients are to be formulated in a single pharmaceutical composition. In other embodiments of the invention, a kit is provided which includes at least two separate containers wherein the contents of at least one other container with respect to active ingredients contained therein. Two or more different containers are used in the combination therapies of the invention. Combination therapies discussed herein also include use of one active ingredient of the combination in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment (or prevention) of the disease in question where the treatment or prevention further includes another active ingredient or strategy of the combination. For example, in prostate cancer therapy an LHRH agonist or antagonist or an inhibitor of type 3 17β-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase can be used.
  • PREFERRED COMPOUNDS
  • Set forth in the tables below are lists of preferred compounds and their properties and efficacy. The table 1 and 4 include in vitro determination of androgenic/antiandrogenic activity on mouse mammary carcinoma Shionogi cells and determination of the binding to Human Androgen. Receptors in transfected cells and in vivo data determination of antiandrogenic activity on rat. Detailed explanations of how the data were collected and reported follow the tables. The table II includes in vivo determination of androgenic/antiandrogenic activity on immature male rat and bioavailability data
  • TABLE 1
    In vitro Results
    Rat Human
    Shionogi cells Androgen Androgen
    Antiandrogenic activity Receptor Binding Receptor Binding
    Ki OH-Flu/ RBA (%) RBA (%)
    NAME Ki compound Ki (nM) R1881 = 100% R1881 = 100%
    1 2 3 4 5
    Hydroxyflutamide 1 16.8 ± 0.5  0.1 0.21 ± 0.09
     (n = 312) (n = 3)
    bicalutamide  0.23 ± 0.03 48 ± 9  0.2 0.3
    (n = 3) (n = 3)
    EM-5854  5.5 ± 1.2 2.5 ± 0.4 0.4 ± 0.1 0.63 ± 0.08
    (n = 7) (n = 7) (n = 2) (n = 5)
    EM-5987 22 ± 7 0.35 ± 0.15 ND 6.8 ± 1.7
    (n = 2) (n = 2) (n = 2)
    EM-5985 12 ± 4 0.9 ± 0.2 0.6 2.0 ± 0.3
    (n = 4) (n = 4) (n = 4)
    EM-5855 11 ± 1 1.0 ± 0.2 ND 8.2 ± 0.5
    (n = 2) (n = 2) (n = 2)
    EM-8454 2.7 2.2 ~0.3 ~1
    EM-8505 4.4 4.2 ~0.3 ~0.3
    EM-8455 3.1 1.9 ND 9.1
    EM-8504 7.5 2.5 ND 6.1
    EM-8632 2.1 4.1 ND 47
    EM-4350 20 0.9 ND 63
    EM-5988 mixed mixed ND 97 ± 19
    (n = 2)
    EM-5984 4.0 1.9 ND 29
    EM-8633 15 0.8 ND 2.3
    EM-4240 1.4 24 ND 110
    EM-5945 13 0.9 0.3 2.8 ± 0.4
    (n = 2)
    EM-5943  29 ± 26 2.1 ± 1.8 ND 26
    (n = 2) (n = 2)
    EM-9140 11 1.2 ND 1.4
    EM-9139 15 0.8 ND 1.6
    Results were obtained from one experiment unless otherwise specified (n = number of experiments)
  • Legend of the table 1:
  • In Column 1, the laboratory names of the antiandrogens are reported.
    In Column 2 represents the ratio in % of the IC50 of the inhibition by hydroxyflutamide of the DHT-stimulated Shionogi mouse mammary carcinoma cell number versus the IC50 of the inhibition by the antiandrogen. Higher values are preferable.
    Column 3 represents the dose (expressed in nM) that inhibits by 50% (IC50) the DHT-stimulated Shionogi mouse mammary carcinoma cell number. Lower values are preferable.
    Column 4 represents the Relative Binding Affinity (RBA) of the antiandrogen expressed as percentage (%) on Rat Androgen Receptor relative to R1881 as calculated by the formula:

  • % RBA=100×IC 50 R1881/IC 50(compound)
  • Higher values are preferable
    Column 5 represents the Relative Binding Affinity (RBA) of the antiandrogen expressed as percentage (%) on Human Androgen Receptor in transfected cells relative to R1881 as calculated by the formula:

  • % RBA=100×IC 50 R1881/IC 50(compound)
  • Higher values are preferable
  • TABLE 2
    In vivo Results
    In Vivo Agonist In Vivo Antagonist
    Immature Rat CX Immature Rat CX + DHT
    Plasma Prostate 0.1 mg/rat/po/ID 0.1 mg/rat/po/ID
    AUC Conc, [0.5 mg/rat/po/ID] [0.5 mg/rat/po/ID]
    0.5 mg, po 7 h % Change vs CX % Change vs DHT
    (Rat) (Rat) (DHT = +100%) (CX = −100%)
    NAME (ng · h/mL) (ng/g) VP SV VP SV
    1 2 3 4 5 6 7
    Casodex 8497 ± 386 ND (0; 0.2 mg, sc) (0; 0.2 mg, sc) [−51 ± 9] [−86 ± 2]
    (24 h) (n = 6) (n = 6)
    Flutamide 39 ± 4 ND (1; 0.2 mg, sc) (0; 0.2 mg, sc) −26 ± 2 −62 ± 4
    (Flu) (24 h) (n = 6) (n = 6)
    OH-Flu: [−48 ± 1] [−83 ± 1]
    4059 ± 259  (n = 131)  (n = 131)
    (OH-Flu) 5378 ± 820 ND
    (24 h)
    EM-5854 2933 ± 233 ND +1 ± 1 0 −46 ± 2 −86 ± 2
    (7 h) [+1 ± 1] [0]  (n = 13)  (n = 13)
    [−76 ± 4] [−85 ± 3]
    (n = 2) (n = 2)
    EM-5987 ND ND ND ND [−69 ± 1] [−83 ± 8]
    (n = 2) (n = 2)
    EM-5985 3709 ± 397 ND [0] [0] −42 ± 0 −85 ± 2
    (7h) (n = 2) (n = 2)
    [−69 ± 3] [−84 ± 3]
    (n = 2) (n = 2)
    EM-5855 ND ND  [2 ± 1]  [1 ± 4]  −43 ± 10 −81 ± 1
    (n = 2) (n = 2)
    [−65 ± 4] [−84 ± 7]
    (n = 2) (n = 2)
    EM-8454 ND ND 0 0 −50 ± 4 −88 ± 1
    (n = 2) (n = 2)
    [−56 ± 4] [−89 ± 1]
    EM-8505 ND ND ND ND −53 ± 4 −85 ± 2
    (n = 3) (n = 3)
    [−66 ± 4] [−90 ± 1]
    EM-8455 ND ND 0 +1 ± 2 −49 ± 3 −85 ± 4
    EM-8504 ND ND ND ND  −51 ± 13 −75 ± 2
    (n = 2) (n = 2)
    EM-8632 ND ND ND ND −43 ± 6 −74 ± 3
    EM-4350 ND ND +3 ± 2 +3 ± 4 −27 ± 7 −59 ± 2
    [−51 ± 7] [−75 ± 6]
    EM-5988 ND ND +10 ± 0  +10 ± 0  [−71 ± 5] [−83 ± 3]
    (n = 2) (n = 2)
    EM-5984 ND ND 0 0  −43 ± 10 −77 ± 1
    (n = 2) (n = 2)
    [−47 ± 8] [−79 ± 5]
    (n = 2) (n = 2)
    EM-8633 ND ND 0 1 −42 ± 5 −83 ± 0
    (n = 2) (n = 2)
    EM-4240 ND ND +12 ± 3  +3 ± 1 −46 ± 9 −58 ± 2
    [−52 ± 4] [−85 ± 2]
    EM-5945 11377 ± 83  1539 +3 ± 1 +2 ± 2 −47 ± 2 −80 ± 2
    (24 h) [+4 ± 3] [+4 ± 1] (n = 4) (n = 4)
    [−56 ± 5] [−87 ± 8]
    (n = 2) (n = 2)
    EM-5943 ND ND +2 ± 2 +3 ± 4 −44 ± 7 −71 ± 4
    [−52 ± 7] [−89 ± 8]
    (n = 2) (n = 2)
    EM-9140 ND ND 0 0 −44 ± 1 −73 ± 0
    (n = 2) (n = 2)
    [−59 ± 2] [−89 ± 2]
    EM-9139 ND ND +2 ± 2 0 −21 ± 7 −48 ± 7
    Results were obtained from one experiment unless otherwise specified (n = number of experiments)
    VP = Ventral prostate; SV = Seminal vesicles; Conc = Concentration; ID = Once daily; po = Oral; Cx = Castrated.
  • Legend of the table 2:
  • In Column 1, the laboratory names of the antiandrogens are reported.
    Column 2 represents the rat oral absorption of the compound expressed in plasma Area Under the Curve (AUC).
    Column 3 represents the concentration at 7 hours of the compound in the prostate expressed in ng/g.
    Column 4 represents the agonistic efficacy in rat prostate expressed in percentage of change calculated by the following formula:

  • % change=[W(compound)−W(control CX)/W(control DHT)−W(control CX)]×100.
  • W is the weight of the prostate.
    Column 5, represents the agonistic efficacy in rat seminal vesicle expressed in percentage of change calculated by the following formula:

  • % change=[W(compound)−W(control CX)/W(control DHT)−W(control CX)]×100.
  • W is the weight of the seminal vesicles.
    Column 6 represents the antiandrogenic efficacy in rat prostate, expressed in percentage of change (% change) calculated by the following formula:

  • % change=−100−[[W(compound)−W(control CX)/W(control DHT)−W(control CX)]×100].
  • W is the weight of the prostate.
    Column 7 represents the antiandrogenic efficacy in rat seminal vesicles, expressed in percentage of change (% change) calculated by the following formula:

  • % change=−100−[[W(compound)−W(control CX)/W(control DHT)−W(control CX)]×100].
  • W is the weight of the seminal vesicles.
  • TABLE 3
    In vivo Results
    Mature Male Rats
    Antagonistic Activity
    CX+ 4-DIONE in Mature Rat
    Dose % change vs 4-DIONE Cont
    mg/rat/ (CX Cont = −100% inh)
    NAME per os/ID Ventral Prostate Seminal Vesicles
    1 2 3 4
    Bicalutamide 1 −44 ± 7 −82 ± 9
    (Casodex) 5 −64 ± 4 −90 ± 6
    Flutamide 1 −47 ± 7 −102 ± 8 
    (Euflex) 5 −70 ± 3 −106 ± 6 
    EM-5854 0.2 −34 ± 7 −69 ± 7
    1 −67 ± 2 −109 ± 5 
  • Legend of the table 3:
  • In Column 1, the laboratory names of the antiandrogens are reported.
    Column 2 represents the oral dose of the antiandrogen given to mature rat.
    Column 3 represents the antiandrogenic efficacy in rat prostate, expressed in percentage of change (% change) calculated by the following formula:

  • % change=−100−[[W(compound)−W(control CX)/W(control DHT)−W(control CX)]×100].
  • W is the weight of the prostate.
    Column 4 represents the antiandrogenic efficacy in rat seminal vesicles, expressed in percentage of change (% change) calculated by the following formula:

  • % change=−100−[[W(compound)−W(control CX)/W(control DHT)−W(control CX)]−100].
  • W is the weight of the seminal vesicles.
  • TABLE 4
    Shionogi cells Human
    Androgenic/Antiandrogenic activity Androgen
    % of stim of % of stim of % of inh of Receptor AUC 24 h
    basal at basal at DHT at Binding 0.5 mg/rat
    10−7M 10−7 M 10−7 M RBA (%) oral
    NAME (% over basal) (DHTa = 100%) (Basal = 100%) R1881 = 100% ng · h/mL
    1 2 3 4 5 6
    EM-8419  +94 ± 17 +62 ± 11 +21 ± 11  83 ± 35 5725 ± 595
    (n = 4) (n = 4) (n = 4) (n = 2)
    EM-8420 +107 ± 37 +59 ± 6  +19 ± 11 46  236 ± 108
    (n = 3) (n = 3) (n = 3) 5008 ± 566 of EM-8419
    EM-5728 +143 ± 27 +79 ± 2  +26 ± 4  190 ± 49 6387 ± 808
    (n = 3) (n = 3) (n = 3) (n = 3) 2111 ± 328 of EM-5459
    EM-6595 +117 ± 11 +43 ± 13 −58 ± 13 13 ND
    (n = 2) (n = 2) (n = 2)
    EM-3585 +279  +63 +41 55 2370 ± 253
    EM-6594 +224  +63 +37 292 ND
    EM-9017 +36 +31 +64 139 ND
    EM-9016 +45 +39 +46 2250 ± 570 ND
    (n = 2)
    EM-6583 +138 ± 49 +52 ± 27 +46 ± 27 21 ND
    (n = 2) (n = 2) (n = 2)
    EM-6582 +145 ± 78 +41 ± 22 +59 ± 22 331 ND
    (n = 2) (n = 2) (n = 2)
    EM-8987 +73 +74 +35 26 ND
    EM-8986 +21  +9 +44 508 ND
    aDHT = 0.3 nM.
  • Legend of the table 4:
  • In Column 1, the laboratory names of the SARM are reported.
    Column 2 represents the stimulation expressed in % over the basal of Shionogi mouse mammary carcinoma cell number by a 10−7 M concentration of the SARM.
    Column 3 represents the stimulation of the basal, expressed in % of the difference between the DHT-stimulated and the basal of Shionogi mouse mammary carcinoma cell number by a 10−7 M concentration of the SARM.
    Column 4 represents the inhibition expressed in % of the DHT-stimulated Shionogi mouse mammary carcinoma cell number by a 10−7 M concentration of the SARM.
    Higher values are preferable.
    Column 5 represents the Relative Binding Affinity (RBA) of the SARM expressed as percentage (%) on Human Androgen Receptor in transfected cells relative to R1881 as calculated by the formula:

  • % RBA=100×IC50 R1881/IC 50(compound)
  • Higher values are preferable
    Column 6 represents the rat oral absorption of the SARM expressed in plasma Area Under the Curve (AUC).
    Higher values are preferable
  • TABLE 5
    In Vivo Anti-A
    In Vivo Intact Rat In Vivo Agonist Rat CX + DHT
    0.1 mg/rat/os/ID Rat CX 0.1 mg/rat/po/ID
    % change vs Intact CONT 0.1 mg/rat/os/ID [0.5 mg/rat/po/ID]
    (Intact CONT = +100%; % change vs CX % change vs DHT
    CX CONT = 0%) (DHT CONT = +100%) (CX CONT = −100%)
    NAME VP SZ Bulbo VP SV Bulbo VP SV Bulbo
    1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
    FLU +75 ± 4 +33 ± 4 +42 ± 6 ND ND ND [−48 ± 1] [−83 ± 1] [−68 ± 2] 
    (n = 6) (n = 6) (n = 6)  (n = 131)  (n = 131)  (n = 46)
    (0.5 mg) (0.5 mg) (0.5 mg)
    EM-8419 +89 ± 5 +76 ± 2 +238 ± 12 +39 ± 6 +26 ± 2 +115 ± 4  −36 ± 0 −33 ± 7 +36 ± 11
    (n = 2) (n = 2) (n = 2) (n = 2) (n = 2) (n = 2) (n = 2) (n = 2) (n = 2)
    EM-8420 +85 ± 3 +112 ± 9   +489 ± 203 +31 ± 1 +30 ± 2 +116 ± 11  −34 ± 12  −39 ± 11 +27 ± 11
    (n = 2) (n = 2) (n = 2)
    EM-5728 +90 ± 9 +73 ± 3 +227 ± 16 +28 ± 1 +15 ± 5 +131 ± 32 [−37 ± 1] [−40 ± 1] ND
    (n = 2) (n = 2) (n = 2) (n = 2) (n = 2) (n = 2) (n = 2) (n = 2)
    EM-6595  +67 ± 10 +40 ± 3 +162 ± 9  +28 ± 3 +14 ± 1 +97 ± 9 [−56 ± 5] [−74 ± 3] ND
    (n = 2) (n = 2) (n = 2)
    EM-6594 ND ND ND +28 ± 7 +13 ± 2  +97 ± 19 [−56 ± 4] [−69 ± 4] ND
    EM-9017 +47 ± 5 +57 ± 6 +154 ± 13 +24 ± 5 +22 ± 2 +102 ± 12 −42 ± 2 −54 ± 2  +3 ± 11
    EM-9016 +53 ± 6 +44 ± 6 +108 ± 21 +13 ± 2 +17 ± 1  +66 ± 25 −44 ± 3 −39 ± 5 +10 ± 9 
    EM-6583 +90 ± 2  +71 ± 16 +145 ± 46 +37 ± 7 +17 ± 3  +93 ± 15 −46 ± 6 −75 ± 5 ND
    EM-6582 +72 ± 6 +49 ± 5 +197 ± 29 +37 ± 3 +18 ± 3  +71 ± 15 −36 ± 1 −60 ± 6 ND
    EM-8987 +84 ± 4 +110 ± 13 +292 ± 30  +56 ± 11 +25 ± 5 +118 ± 10 −32 ± 1  47 ± 3 +43 ± 19
    [−41 ± 8] [−28 ± 7] +111 ± 35]
    EM-8986  +76 ± 11 +98 ± 7 +241 ± 27 +35 ± 3 +24 ± 3 +149 ± 13 −24 ± 3 −25 ± 4 +74 ± 13
    EM-3585  +82 ± 17 +114 ± 23 +263 ± 64 +20 ± 4 +13 ± 4  +74 ± 18 [−26 ± 7]  [−2 ± 15] [+67 ± 21]
    (n = 2) (n = 2) (n = 2) (n = 2) (n = 2)
    ND: Not Done
  • Legend of the table 5:
  • In Column 1, the laboratory names of the SARMs are reported.
    Column 2 represents the change of the prostate of intact rat expressed in percentage of change calculated by the following formula:

  • % change=[W(compound)−W(control CX)/W(control intact)−W(control CX)]×100.
  • W is the weight of the prostate.
    Column 3 represents the change of seminal vesicle of intact rat expressed in percentage of change calculated by the following formula:

  • % change=[W(compound)−W(control CX)/W(control intact)−W(control CX)]×100.
  • W is the weight of the seminal vesicle.
    Column 4 represents the change of bulbocavernosus muscles of intact rat expressed in percentage of change calculated by the following formula:

  • % change=[W(compound)−W(control CX)/W(control intact)−W(control CX)]×100.
  • W is the weight of the bulbocavernosus muscles.
    Column 5 represents the agonist effect on prostate in castrated rat expressed in percentage of change calculated by the following formula:

  • % change=[W(compound)−W(control CX)/W(control DHT)−W(control CX)]×100.
  • W is the weight of the prostate.
    Column 6 represents the agonist effect on seminal vesicle in castrated rat expressed in percentage of change calculated by the following formula:

  • % change=[W(compound)−W(control CX)/W(control DHT)−W(control CX)]×100.
  • W is the weight of the seminal vesicles.
    Column 7 represents the agonist effect on bulbocavernosus muscles in castrated rat expressed in percentage of change calculated by the following formula:

  • % change=[W(compound)−W(control CX)/W(control DHT)−W(control CX)]×100.
  • W is the weight of the seminal vesicles.
    Column 8 represents the antiandrogenic effect on prostate in castrated rat, expressed in percentage of change (% change) calculated by the following formula:

  • % change=−100−[[W(compound)−W(control CX)/W(control DHT)−W(control CX)]×100].
  • W is the weight of the prostate.
    Column 9 represents the antiandrogenic effect on seminal vesicles in castrated rat, expressed in percentage of change (% change) calculated by the following formula:

  • % change=−100−[[W(compound)−W(control CX)/W(control DHT)−W(control CX)]×100].
  • W is the weight of the seminal vesicles.
    Column 10 represents the antiandrogenic effect on bulbocavernosus muscles in castrated rat, expressed in percentage of change (% change) calculated by the following formula:

  • % change=−100−[[W(compound)−W(control CX)/W(control DHT)−W(control CX)]×100].
  • W is the weight of the bulbocavernosus muscles.
  • The molecular structure of antiandrogens whose efficacy is reported in Tables 1, 2 and 3 is set forth below:
  • Figure US20090042844A1-20090212-C00022
    Figure US20090042844A1-20090212-C00023
    Figure US20090042844A1-20090212-C00024
  • The molecular structure of SARMs whose efficacy is reported in Tables 4 and 5 is set forth below:
  • Figure US20090042844A1-20090212-C00025
    Figure US20090042844A1-20090212-C00026
  • Efficacy of the Preferred Inhibitors 1) MATERIALS AND METHODS A—Androgen Receptor (AR) Assay AR Transfection
  • Preparation of Human Embryonic Kidney (HEK-293) Cells Transfected with the Human Androgen Receptor (hAR): Cells are cultured in 6-well Falcon flasks to approximately 3×105 cells/well in Dulbecco's modified Eagle's medium (DMEM) supplemented with 10% calf fetal serum at 37° C. under a 95% air, 5% CO2 humidified atmosphere. Five μg of pCMVneo-hAR plasmid are transfected using the lipofectin transfection kit (Life Technologies, Ontario, Canada). After 6h of incubation at 37° C., the transfection medium is removed and 2 ml of DMEM are added. Cells are further cultured for 48 h and then transferred into 10 cm petri dishes and cultured in DMEM containing 700 μg/ml of G-418 in order to inhibit the growth of non-transfected cells. Medium containing G-418 is changed every two days until resistant colonies are observed. Positive clones are selected by PCR. HEK 293 cells transfected with hAR are frozen until being used for the binding assay.
  • HEK-293 hAR Cell Cytosol Preparation: On the morning of the binding assay, a pellet of HEK-293 hAR cells is thawed and suspended in buffer A (25 mM Tris-HCl, 1.5 mM EDTA disodium salt, 10 mM α-monothioglycerol, 10% glycerol, and 10 mM sodium molybdate, pH 7.4; 625 000 cells/0.1 ml). The cell suspension is sonicated for three periods of 30 sec (with intervals for cooling) and then centrifuged at 105 000×g for 90 min.
  • Rat Prostate Cytosol Preparation: On the morning of the binding assay, ventral prostates collected from 24h-gonadectomized rats were homogenized in buffer A (1 g of tissue in 5 mL) and the homogenate was centrifuged as described above.
  • Androgen Receptor Assay
  • Androgen binding is measured using the hydroxylapatite (HAP) assay. In brief, the radioactive steroid [3H]R1881 solubilized in ethanol is diluted with buffer B (10 mM Tris-HCl, 1.5 mM EDTA disodium salt, 10 mM α-monothioglycerol, pH 7.4). Aliquots of the cell or prostate cytosol preparation (0.1 ml) are then incubated with 5 nM [3H]R1881 (0.1 ml, ˜100 000 cpm) in the presence or absence of the indicated concentrations of unlabeled compounds (0.1 ml, prepared in buffer B containing 30% ethanol) for 16-18h at 0-4° C. Triamcinolone acetonide (TAC; 100 nM) is added to mask progesterone receptors. Unbound steroids are separated by incubation for 40 min at 0-4° C. with 0.3 ml HAP prepared in buffer P (50 mM Tris-HCl, 10 mM KH2PO4, pH 7.4). After incubation with HAP and 10 min of centrifugation at 1000×g, the pellet is washed 3 times with 1 ml of buffer P. Thereafter, the radioactivity is extracted from the pellet by incubation at room temperature for 60 min with 1 ml of ethanol. After centrifugation, the supernatant is decanted into a scintillation vial and the pellet is extracted again with ethanol. After the addition of scintillation liquid, the radioactivity is measured in a liquid scintillation counter.
  • Calculations
  • Dose-response curves as well as IC50 values of the tested compounds (concentration of the compound causing a 50% displacing of [3H](R1881) were calculated using a weighted iterative nonlinear least-square regression.
  • Relative binding affinity (RBA) was calculated by the following formula:

  • RBA (%) [IC 50(R1881)/IC 50(compound)]×100
  • B—In vitro Assay of Androgenic/Antiandrogenic Activity
  • The in vitro androgenic/antiandrogenic activity was measured using Shionogi mouse mammary carcinoma cells (clone 107) (Labrie and Veilleux, 1988; Labrie et al., 1988a; Labrie et al., 1988b).
  • Materials
  • Minimal essential culture medium (MEM) and non-essential amino acids were purchased from Gibco BRL (NY, USA) while charcoal-stripped fetal calf serum (FBS) was purchased from Wisent Inc. (Montreal, Canada). Dihydrotestosterone (DHT) was obtained from Steraloids (Wilton, N.H.) while the compounds to be tested were synthesized in our laboratory.
  • Maintenance of Stock Cell Cultures
  • Shionogi cells were routinely grown in MEM supplemented with 100 nM DHT, 5% (v/v) charcoal-stripped FBS, 100 IU penicillin/ml, 50 μg streptomycin sulfate/ml, and 1% (v/v) non-essential amino acids, as previously described (Labrie and Veilleux, 1988; Labrie et al., 1988a; Labrie et al., 1988b). Cells were incubated at 37° C. in a humidified atmosphere of 5% CO2 and 95% air. Cells were subcultured at near-confluence by gentle digestion in a solution of 0.1% trypsin (Wisent Inc.) in Hepes buffer containing 3 mM ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA) (pH 7.2). Cells were then pelleted by centrifugation, resuspended in culture medium, and replated.
  • Measurement of Cell Proliferation
  • Cells were plated in 24-well plates at a density of 18 000 cells/well and allowed to adhere to the surface of the plates for 24 h. Thereafter, medium was replaced with fresh medium containing 2% (v/v) charcoal-stripped FBS and the indicated concentrations of compounds diluted from stock solutions at a ×1000 concentration in 99% redistilled ethanol in the presence or absence of DHT (0.3 nM). Control cells received only the ethanolic vehicle (0.1% EtOH,v/v). Such a concentration of ethanol does not affect cell growth. The indicated increasing concentrations of agents were added to triplicate dishes, and cells were grown for 10 days with changes of medium every 2-3 days. Cell number was determined by measurement of DNA content as previously described (Simard et al., 1990).
  • Calculations
  • Dose-response curves as well as IC50 values of the tested compounds are calculated using a weighted iterative nonlinear least-squares regression. All results are expressed as means±SEM, except when SEM overlaps with the symbol used in which instances only the symbol is illustrated. The apparent inhibition Ki values were calculated according to the following equation: Ki=IC50/(1+S/K). In this equation, S represents the concentration of DHT (0.3 nM), K is the apparent KD of DHT action on cell proliferation in Shionogi cells (0.1 nM) and IC50 is the concentration of the compound giving a 50% inhibition of DHT action on cell growth.
  • C—Determination of Oral Absorption of Compounds Animals
  • Castrated male Sprague-Dawley rats (Crl:CD(SD)Br) weighing 275-375 g were used for pharmacokinetic studies. Animals were fasted (access to water only) from around 16h00 the afternoon prior to the dosing day.
  • Dosing and Blood Collection
  • Tested compounds were administered orally by gavage (in the morning) at a dose of 0.5 mg/animal (1.0 ml/animal; 3 animals/compound). Compounds were dissolved in dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO, 10% final concentration) and administered as a solution/suspension in 0.9% NaCl-1% gelatin. Blood samples (˜0.5 mL/timepoint) were collected by jugular venipuncture on animals under isoflurane anesthesia at 1, 2, 3, 4, 7 and 24 h post-dosing. Blood samples were put into tubes containing EDTA(K3) as anticoagulant and centrifuged at 4° C. for 10 min at 1700-2400 g. The resulting plasma is frozen on dry ice and kept at −80° C. pending analysis. After the blood collection 7h post-dosing, the ventral prostate was collected from one rat per group for determination of the intraprostatic concentration of the tested compound.
  • Plasma Analyses
  • Plasma concentrations of the tested compounds and/or metabolite(s) were determined using liquid chromatography with mass spectrometric detection assay (LC-MS/MS). The plasma concentration of each compound versus time was used to calculate the area under the plasma concentration curve from 0 to 24 hr post-dose [AUC(0-24h)]. AUC(0-24hr) values were calculated using the linear trapezoidal method. Intraprostatic concentrations of the compounds were determined by LC-MS/MS.
  • D—Systemic Antiandrogenic/Androgenic Activity in Orchidectomized Immature Male Rats Animals
  • Immature male rats (Crl:CD(SD)Br) 22 to 24-day old were obtained from Charles-River, Inc. (St-Constant, Quebec, Canada) and housed up to 5 per cage in plastic bins in a temperature (23±1° C.)—and light (12 h light/day, lights on at 7h15)—controlled environment. The rats were fed rodent chow and tap water ad libitum. Compounds were tested in castrated rats supplemented (antagonistic activity) or not (agonistic activity) with an androgen. The day following their arrival, the designed animals were orchidectomized (CX) under Isoflurane anesthesia (Study Day 1) via the scrotal route and were then randomly assigned to groups of 3 to 5 animals. At the time of orchidectomy, one silastic implant of dihydrotestosterone (DHT; 1 cm length of pure DHT in silastic tubing having inner and outer diameter of 0.078 and 0.125 inches, respectively), was inserted subcutaneously in the dorsal area of animals assigned to the evaluation of antiandrogenic activity.
  • Treatments
  • Tested compounds were administered orally once daily for 7 days from Study Day 2 to Study Day 8 at doses ranging from 0.1 and 0.5 mg/animal. Compounds were solubilized in dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO, 10% final concentration) and administered as a solution/suspension in 0.9% NaCl-1% gelatin. Animals of the control groups received the vehicle alone during the 7-day period. Some animals were treated with the antiandrogen Flutamide or Casodex as reference. The animals under isoflurane anesthesia were killed by cervical dislocation on day 9 of the study, approximately 24h after the last dosing. The ventral prostate and seminal vesicles were rapidly dissected and weighed.
  • E—Systemic Antiandrogenic Activity in Mature Male Rats Animals
  • Mature male rats (Crl:CD(SD)Br) weighing 250-275 g were obtained from Charles-River, Inc. (St-Constant, Quebec, Canada) and housed up to 3 per cage as described above. The day following their arrival, the animals were orchidectomized (CX) under Isoflurane anesthesia (Study Day 1) via the scrotal route and were randomly assigned to groups of 5 animals. At the time of orchidectomy, two silastic implants of androstenedione (4-dione; length of pure 4-dione in implant: 1.5 cm, tubing inner and outer diameters: 0.062 and 0.125 inches) was inserted subcutaneously in the dorsal area of animals.
  • Treatment
  • The compound EM-5854 was administered orally once daily for 7 days from Study Day 2 to Study Day 8 at doses of 0.2 and 1 mg/animal while the reference compounds flutamide and bicalutamide (Casodex) were administered orally at doses of 1 and 5 mg/animal during the same period. Compounds were solubilized as described above. The animals under isoflurane anesthesia were killed by cervical dislocation on day 9 of the study, approximately 24h after the last dosing. The ventral prostate and seminal vesicles were rapidly dissected and weighed.
  • Calculations
  • For antagonistic activity, the percentage of change is calculated using the following formula:

  • % change=−100−[[W(compound)−W(control CX)/W(control DHT)−W(control CX)]×100].
  • For agonistic activity, the percentage of change is calculated by the following formula:

  • % change=[W(compound)−W(control CX)/W(control DHT)−W(control CX)]×100.
  • W is the weight of the prostate, seminal vesicles or bulbocavernosus muscles.
  • Discussion
  • A series of steroidal possessing a side-chain able to modify the interaction of the steroidal backbone with the Androgen Receptor were synthesized. As seen in tables 1 and 4 and FIGS. 1 to 5, these compounds show affinities for the Human Androgen Receptor with a Relative Binding Affinity (RBA) ranging from the modest value of about 0.3% to a high value of 2250% (for EM-9016) compared to a value of 100% for R1881, a well known synthetic and metabolism-resistant synthetic androgen having an affinity for the human androgen receptor similar to DHT (dihydrotestosterone), the most potent natural androgen.
  • Antiandrogens of the Invention
  • All antiandrogens of the invention show a potent and pure antiandrogenic activity in Shionogi mouse mammary carcinoma cells as well as in vivo on prostate and seminal vesicle weight in the rat. These compounds reverse the 0.3 nM DHT-induced cell proliferation with Ki values ranging from 0.35 nM to 24 nM while the Ki of hydroxyflutamide is 16.8±0.5 nM and the Ki of bicalutamide is 48±9 nM. Thus, the Ki values of the steroidal EM-5985 (0.9±0.2) and EM-5854 (2.5±0.4 nM) are respectively 12 and 5.5 times more potent than the Ki of hydroxyflutamide (table 1).
  • The most active antiandrogens of the invention on the DHT-induced proliferation of Shionogi cells, namely EM-5943, EM-5987, EM-4350, EM-8633, EM-9139, EM-5945 and EM-5985 (Ki=0.9 nM) are approximately 12 to 29 times more potent than hydroxyflutamide. Most importantly, none of these compounds has any activity on the basal level of Shionogi cell proliferation (EM-5985, FIG. 7), thus indicating their pure antiandrogenic activity.
  • These compounds show an excellent bioavailability as illustrated by the high AUC (Area Under the Curve) values after oral administration of 0.5 mg per rat. The AUC values of EM-5985, EM-5854 and EM-5945 are 3 709±397 ng.h/mL (7 h), 2 933±233 ng.h/mL (7 h), and 11 377±83 ng.h/mL (24 h), respectively, versus 4 059±259 ng.h/mL (24 h) for hydroxyflutamide when Flutamide is administered (table 2).
  • The major interest of these compounds is that they show a very potent and pure antiandrogenic activity in vivo in male rats. As seen in table 2, in orchidectomized immature male rats bearing DHT implants, daily oral administration of 0.1 mg/rat of these compounds reversed by 21-53% the stimulatory effect of DHT on ventral prostate and seminal vesicle weight, respectively, while a 5-times higher dose of flutamide (0.5 mg/rat) is required to achieve comparable inhibitions (48% and 83% inhibitions on prostate and seminal vesicle weight, respectively) (FIGS. 12 and 13). At the dose of 0.5 mg/rat, the inhibitions achieved by EM-5985 and EM-5854 are 69% and 76% on ventral prostate, and 84% and 85% on seminal vesicles-DHT stimulated weight, respectively (Table 2; FIGS. 12 and 13). One hundred percent (100%) is the value observed in castrated animals or in the complete absence of androgenic stimulation.
  • Interestingly, the daily oral administration of these compounds to orchidectomized immature rats has no stimulatory effect on ventral prostate and seminal vesicle weight, thus showing that these compounds exert a pure antiandrogenic activity without any intrinsic androgenic activity (Table 2; FIGS. 12, and 13).
  • In orchidectomized mature rats supplemented with 4-dione implants, the efficacy of EM-5854 was compared to the two best known antiandrogens, namely flutamide and bicalutamide. At the daily oral dose of 1 mg/rat, EM-5854 reverses by 67% the stimulatory effect of 4-dione on ventral prostate weight while a 5-fold higher dose (5 mg/rat) is required to obtain similar inhibitions of prostate weight by bicalutamide (64%) or flutamide (70%) (Table 3, FIG. 18A). On the other hand, the 4-dione-induced stimulation of seminal vesicle weight is completely reversed by the administration of EM-5854, flutamide or bicalutamide (Table 3, FIG. 18B).
  • The present data show that the steroidal antiandrogens EM-5985 and EM-5854 and some related compounds are approximately 5 times more potent on rat androgen-sensitive parameters than currently available antiandrogens, thus indicating that these compounds should be developed as systemic antiandrogens for the treatment of androgen-dependant diseases especially as prostate cancer.
  • Since EM-5985 shows an approximately 3-fold higher affinity for the human compared to the rat androgen receptor and the in vivo potency of these compounds was tested in the rat, we believe that there is a possibility that the 5-fold higher potency of EM-5985 found in the rat will be increased by a factor of 3 in men, thus potentially leading to a 15-fold higher potency than flutamide and bicalutamide in men receiving these drugs for the treatment of prostate cancer.
  • SARMs of the Invention
  • As shown in Table 4 and FIGS. 8 to 11, SARMs of the invention have a mixed androgenic/antiandrogenic activity on the proliferation of Shionogi cells. At 10−7 M, these compounds reversed the DHT-induced cell proliferation by 19% to 64% while, at the same concentration, they stimulated basal cell proliferation from 39% to 79%.
  • In animal models, the prostate is a well-recognized parameter of androgenic activity, while the androgen-sensitive bulbocavernosus muscles, which are located beside the levator ani muscle (Poortmans and Wyndaele; 1998), are a valuable tool to evaluate anabolic activity. As shown in Table 5 and in FIGS. 14 to 17, SARMs of the invention shown have mixed androgenic/antiandrogenic activity in the immature rat models. In fact, these compounds have a slight to moderate stimulatory effect on the prostate in CX rats while a strong androgenic effect is observed in the muscle. On the other hand, these compounds reverse the DHT-induced stimulation of the prostate but none of these compounds exerts an antiandrogenic activity in the muscle. Moreover, in intact rat model, we observed in some case (i.e. EM-9017) a clear inhibition of the prostate and seminal vesicle but always a stimulation of the muscle. Thus, EM-9017 inhibits intact rat prostate and seminal vesicles of 53±5% and 43±6%, respectively, while stimulates the bulbocavernosus muscles of 54±13%.
  • With the above-indicated activities, SARMs of the invention are useful in the treatment and prevention of the benign prostatic hyperplasia and in the prevention of the prostate cancer.
  • EXAMPLES OF SYNTHESIS OF PREFERRED INHIBITORS
  • Proton NMR spectra were recorded on a Brucker AC-F 300 instrument or a Brucker Avance 400 MHz. The following abbreviations have been used: s, singlet; d, doublet; dd, doublet of doublet; t, triplet; q, quadruplet; and m, multiplet. The chemical shifts (δ) were referenced to chloroform (7.26 ppm for 1H and 77.00 ppm for 13C) or Acetone (2.01 ppm for 1H) and were expressed in ppm. Thin-layer chromatography (TLC) was performed on 0.25 mm Kieselgel 60F254 plates (E. Merck, Darmstadt, FRG). For flash chromatography, Merck-Kieselgel 60 (230-400 mesh A.S.T.M.) was used. Unless otherwise noted, starting material and reactant were obtained commercially and were used as such or purified by standard means. All solvents and reactants purified and dried were stored under argon. Anhydrous reactions were performed under an inert atmosphere, the set-up assembled and cooled under argon. Organic solutions were dried over magnesium sulfate, evaporated on a rotatory evaporator and under reduced pressure. Starting materials and reagents were mainly available from Aldrich Chemical Company, Inc. (Milwaukee, Wis.).
  • Example 1 Synthesis of EM-5854 and Derivatives
  • Figure US20090042844A1-20090212-C00027
    Figure US20090042844A1-20090212-C00028
  • Preparation of Compound 2
  • In a 5 L three-neck round-bottom flask equipped with a mechanical stirrer, a solution of estrone 1 (150 g, 0.556 mol) in 2.2 L of glacial acetic acid was heated at 90° C., in order to dissolve most of the steroid. The mixture was then cooled to 50° C. Meanwhile a mixture of nitric acid (70%, 38 mL), water (100 mL) and few crystals of sodium nitrite was heated at 50° C. for 10 min. The latter was added dropwise to the substrate. The resulting mixture was stirred overnight, then filtrated on a fritted glass funnel to provide 63.0 g (32%) of a pure yellow solid 2. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 0.93 (s, 3H, Me), 2.53 (m, 1H, H-16), 3.03 (m, 1H, H-6), 3.23 (m, 1H, H-6), 6.98 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 1H, H-2), 7.48 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 1H, H-1), 9.46 (s, 1H, OH).
  • Preparation of Compound 3
  • In a dry 2 L three-neck round-bottom flask equipped with a magnetic stirrer and an addition funnel, under an argon atmosphere, a solution of compound 2 (55.0 g, 0.175 mol), triethylamine (48.6 mL, 0.349 mol) and 4-(dimethylamino)pyridine (2.13 g, 0.017 mol) in 550 mL of anhydrous dichloromethane was stirred at 0° C. Trifluoromethanesulfonic anhydride (35.2 mL, 0.210 mol) was added dropwise, and the mixture was stirred for 30 min at 0° C. An aqueous saturated ammonium chloride solution (250 mL) was added, and the aqueous phase was extracted with dichloromethane (2×100 mL). The combined organic phase was washed successively with a 10% aqueous hydrochloric acid solution (200 mL) and brine (200 mL). The solution was dried over magnesium sulfate and evaporated in vacuo to provide 76.5 g of a brown solid 3 which was used without further purification. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 0.93 (s, 3H, Me), 2.54 (m, 1H, H-16), 2.89 (m, 2H, H-6), 7.29 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 1H, H-2), 7.52 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 1H, H-1).
  • Preparation of Compound 4
  • In a 2 L round-bottom flask equipped with a magnetic stirrer, under an argon atmosphere, a solution of crude 3 (76.5 g, 0.171 mol), tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (30.0 g, 0.0260 mol) and zinc cyanide (40.2 g, 0.342 mol) in 1 L of dry dimethylformamide was heated at 120° C. for 1 h. The mixture was then cooled to room temperature and filtered on celite. The filter cake was washed with dichloromethane (3×100 mL). The filtrate was evaporated in vacuo and the residue was triturated with methanol at room temperature for 30 min to provide 30.3 g of pure compound 4. The mother liquors were evaporated in vacuo, dissolved in 50 mL of dichloromethane, and purified by column chromatography on silica gel (dichloromethane to dichloromethane-acetone/19:1) to provide an additional 15.9 g of compound 4 (83% total yield for two steps). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 0.93 (s, 3H, Me), 2.54 (m, 1H, H-16), 2.90 (m, 2H, H-6), 7.58 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H, Ar), 7.61 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H, Ar).
  • Preparation of Compound 5
  • In a 5 L three-neck round-bottom flask equipped with a mechanical stirrer, was placed a solution of compound 4 (46.2 g, 0.142 mol) in 500 mL of glacial acetic acid. Iron (19.8 g, 0.355 mol) was added portionwise, and the mixture was vigorously stirred for 2 h at 80° C. Cold water (3 L) was poured in the reaction, and the stirring was maintained for 30 min. The mixture was filtered on fritted glass funnel, washed with water (5×250 mL), and dried in vacuo overnight to provide 40.8 g of light brown powder 5 which was used without further purification. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 0.91 (s, 3H, Me), 2.49-2.59 (m, 3H, H-16, H-6), 4.34 (bs, 2H, NH2), 6.78 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H, H-1), 7.25 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H, H-2).
  • Preparation of Compound 6
  • In a 1 L round-bottom flask equipped with a magnetic stirrer, under an argon atmosphere, was dissolved crude compound 5 (10.0 g, 34.0 mmol) in dry dichloromethane (250 mL) at 0° C. Boron trifluoride diethyl etherate (6.5 mL, 51 mmol) was added, then the mixture was stirred 10 min and treated dropwise with a solution of tert-butyl nitrite (4.9 mL, 41 mmol) in dry dichloromethane (30 mL). The reaction was vigorously stirred for 1 h at 0° C. The solution was cooled to −30° C., diluted in dry pentane (250 mL), and stirred for 10 min. The agitation was stopped, allowing the solid to settle, and the solvent was removed mechanically. This operation was repeated once, and the resulting stable diazonium salt was dried in vacuo for 1 h. This solid and heptane (500 mL) were then placed in a 1 L round-bottom flask equipped with a magnetic stirrer, under an argon atmosphere. The heterogeneous mixture was heated at 100° C. for 2 h. The reaction was cooled at room temperature, dissolved in dichloromethane (250 mL), and washed successively with water (200 mL) and brine (200 mL). The solution was dried over magnesium sulfate and evaporated in vacuo to provide 5.2 g (51%) of a beige solid 6. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 0.92 (s, 3H, Me), 2.53 (m, 1H, H-16), 2.74 (m, 1H, H-6), 2.99 (m, 1H, H-6), 7.19 (d, J=8.3 Hz, H, H-1), 7.40 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 1H, H-2).
  • Preparation of EM-5855
  • To a solution of diisopropylamine (141 μL, 1.0 mmol) in anhydrous THF (1.5 mL) at −78° C. was added dropwise a solution of n-BuLi (2.5 M in hexanes, 0.4 mL, 1.0 mmol). The mixture was stirred for 30 min at −78° C. To this freshly prepared LDA solution (0.5 M) was added dropwise a solution of 4-picoline 7a (97 μL, 1.0 mmol) in THF (2 mL). The mixture was stirred at −78° C. After 1 h, a solution of compound 6 (100 mg, 0.33 mmol) in THF (3 mL) was added and the mixture was stirred for 1 h at −78° C. After completion of the reaction (TLC), the reaction was quenched by addition of aqueous saturated ammonium chloride. The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (3×). The combined organic layer was washed with saturated aqueous saturated sodium bicarbonate and brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude compound was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, 0-100% acetone in hexanes) to give 86 mg (66%) of EM-5855. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 0.97 (s, 3H, Me), 2.62 (d, Jgem=13.2 Hz, 1H, —CH2-Pyr), 2.72 (m, 1H, H-6), 2.94 (d, Jgem=12.8 Hz, 1H, —CH2-Pyr), 2.96 (m, 1H, H-6), 7.20 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H, Ar), 7.26 (d, J=5.9 Hz, 2H, Pyr), 7.39 (t, J=7.7 Hz, 1H, Ar), 8.50 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 2H, Pyr).
  • Preparation of EM-5854
  • To a solution of EM-5855 (86 mg, 0.22 mmol) in anhydrous dichloromethane (5 mL) at 0° C. was added 3-chloroperoxybenzoic acid (54 mg, 0.22 mmol). The mixture was stirred for 16 h at 22° C. and evaporated to dryness. The crude compound was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, 0-10% methanol in chloroform) to give 67 mg (75%) of EM-5854. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 0.94 (s, 3H, Me), 2.57 (d, Jgem=13.5 Hz, 1H, —CH2-Pyr), 2.68 (m, 1H, H-6), 2.93 (d, Jgem=13.3 Hz, 2H, —CH2-Pyr, H-6), 7.17 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H, Ar), 7.27 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 2H, Pyr), 7.36 (t, J=7.7 Hz., 1H, Ar), 8.01 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 2H, Pyr).
  • Preparation of EM-8455
  • EM-8455 was prepared from the hydrochloride salt of picoline 7b (361 mg, 2.5 mmol) and compound 6 (182 mg, 0.61 mmol) using the procedure described for EM-5855. The amount of LDA used for this reaction was doubled to neutralize the hydrochloride salt. Flash chromatography gave 212 mg (84%) of EM-8455. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 0.98 (s, 3H, Me), 2.72 (m, 1H, H-6), 2.83 (d, Jgem=13.4 Hz, 1H, —CH2-Pyr), 3.01 (m, 1H, H-6), 3.03 (d, Jgem=13.4 Hz, 1H, —CH2-Pyr), 7.20 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H, Ar), 7.40 (t, J=7.7 Hz., 1H, Ar), 7.57 (t, J=5.9 Hz, 1H, Pyr), 8.37 (d, J=5.1 Hz, 1H, Pyr), 8.47 (d, J=1.1 Hz, 1H, Pyr).
  • Preparation of EM-8454
  • EM-8454 was prepared from EM-8455 (98 mg, 0.24 mmol) using the procedure described for EM-5854 to give 70 mg (68%) of EM-8454. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 0.95 (s, 3H, Me), 2.71 (m, 1H, H-6), 2.73 (d, Jgem=13.3 Hz, 1H, —CH2-Pyr), 2.90 (d, Jgem=13.9 Hz, 1H, —CH2-Pyr), 2.93 (m, 1H, H-6), 7.18 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H, Ar), 7.38 (t, J=7.6 Hz., 1H, Ar), 7.44 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 1H, Pyr), 7.93 (d, J=6.5 Hz, 1H, Pyr), 8.09 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 1H, Pyr).
  • Preparation of EM-8504
  • EM-8504 was prepared from picoline 7c (283 μL, 2.5 mmol) and compound 6 (150 mg, 0.50 mmol) using the procedure described for EM-5855 to give 90 mg (44%) of EM-8504. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 0.97 (s, 3H, Me), 2.33 (s, 3H, Me), 2.72 (m, 1H, H-6), 2.78 (d, Jgem=13.5 Hz, 1H, —CH2-Pyr), 2.85 (d, Jgem=13.7 Hz, 1H, —CH2-Pyr), 2.99 (m, 1H, H-6), 7.20 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H, Ar), 7.38 (bs, 1H, Pyr), 7.40 (t, J=7.5 Hz., 1H, Ar), 8.42 (bs, 2H, Pyr).
  • Preparation of EM-8505
  • EM-8505 was prepared from EM-8504 (26 mg, 0.064 mmol) using the procedure described for EM-5854 to give 20 mg (74%) of EM-8505. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 0.98 (s, 3H, Me), 2.27 (s, 3H, Me), 2.69 (m, 1H, H-6), 2.72 (d, Jgem=13.9 Hz, 1H, —CH2-Pyr), 2.82 (d, Jgem=13.9 Hz, 1H, —CH2-Pyr), 2.99 (m, 1H, H-6), 7.20 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H, Ar), 7.36 (d, J=6.7 Hz., 1H, Pyr), 7.38 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 1H, Ar), 7.93 (d, J=6.5 Hz, 1H, Pyr), 8.02 (s, 1H, Pyr).
  • Preparation of EM-8632
  • EM-8632 was prepared from picoline 7d (260 μL, 3.0 mmol) and compound 6 (150 mg, 0.50 mmol) using the procedure described for EM-5855 to give 132 mg (62%) of EM-8632. 1H NMR (400 MHz, acetone-d6) δ: 1.00 (s, 3H, Me), 2.72 (m, 1H, H-6), 2.84 (d, Jgem=13.4 Hz, 1H, —CH2-Pyr), 2.99 (m, 1H, H-6), 3.26 (d, Jgem=13.4 Hz, 1H, —CH2-Pyr), 7.40 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H, Ar), 7.58 (m, 2H, Ar, Pyr), 8.37 (d, J=5.0 Hz, 1H, Pyr), 8.54 (s, 1H, Pyr).
  • Preparation of EM-8633
  • EM-8633 was prepared from EM-8632 (78 mg, 0.18 mmol) using the procedure described for EM-5854. The crude compound was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, 0-10% methanol in dichloromethane) to give 18 mg (22%) of EM-8633. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 0.96 (s, 3H, Me), 2.72 (m, 1H, H-6), 2.79 (d, Jgem=13.8 Hz, 1H, —CH2-Pyr), 2.99 (m, 1H, H-6), 3.11 (d, Jgem=13.8 Hz, 1H, —CH2-Pyr), 7.19 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H, Ar), 7.40 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 1H, Ar), 7.53 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 1H, Pyr), 8.05 (d, J=6.3 Hz, 1H, Pyr), 8.28 (s, 1H, Pyr).
  • Preparation of Compound 7e
  • Commercial 4-picolylchloride hydrochloride (1.65 g, 10 mmol) was neutralized with an aqueous sodium carbonate solution (2.0 M). The mixture was extracted with diethyl ether (5×). The combined organic layer was dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The mixture was diluted with anhydrous diethyl ether (20 mL) and kept on molecular sieves 4 Å for 16 h. To this solution was added tetrabutylammonium fluoride (9.4 g, 36 mmol) previously dried at 50° C. under reduced pressure for 48 h. The mixture was stirred for 48 h at 22° C. After completion of the reaction, the suspension was filtered, washed with diethyl ether, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude compound was purified by reduced pressure distillation to give 250 mg (25%) of compound 7e. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 5.37 and 5.49 (d, J=46.7 Hz, 2H, FCH2-Pyr), 7.26 (d, J=5.2 Hz, 2H, Pyr), 8.64 (d, J=5.3 Hz, 2H, Pyr).
  • Preparation of EM-9075
  • EM-9075 was prepared from picoline 7e (165 mg, 1.5 mmol) and compound 6 (150 mg, 0.50 mmol) using the procedure described for EM-5855. The temperature was −90° C. instead of −78° C. for this reaction. The crude compound (2 diastereoisomers) was purified by reverse-phase semi-preparative HPLC (50-100% methanol in water) to give 20 mg (10%) of EM-9075 as the minor isomer. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 0.98 (s, 3H, Me), 2.72 (m, 1H, H-6), 2.99 (m, 1H, H-6), 5.51-5.63 (d, J=46.2 Hz, 1H, —CFH-Pyr), 7.20 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H, Ar), 7.39 (d, J=5.6 Hz, 2H, Pyr), 7.40 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 1H, Ar), 8.60 (d, J=5.7 Hz, 2H, Pyr). The major isomer was also isolated (40 mg, 20%). 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 1.00 (s, 3H, Me), 2.71 (m, 1H, H-6), 2.95 (m, 1H, H-6), 5.40 and 5.55 (d, J=44.8 Hz, 1H, —CFH-Pyr), 7.20 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H, Ar), 7.40 (m, 3H, Ar, Pyr), 8.60 (bs, 2H, Pyr).
  • Preparation of EM-9103
  • To a suspension of EM-9075 (20 mg, 0.049 mmol) in methanol-water/3:1 (4 mL) was added magnesium monoperoxyphthalate (100 mg, 0.16 mmol). The solution was stirred under reflux for 2 h. After completion of the reaction (TLC), the mixture was diluted with aqueous saturated sodium bicarbonate and extracted with ethyl acetate (3×). The combined organic layer was washed with aqueous saturated sodium carbonate and brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude compound was purified by reverse-phase semi-preparative HPLC (50-100% methanol in water) to give 12.5 mg (60%) of EM-9103. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 0.99 (s, 3H, Me), 2.72 (m, 1H, H-6), 2.99 (m, 1H, H-6), 5.51 and 5.63 (d, J=45.7 Hz, 1H, —CFH-Pyr), 7.20 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H, Ar), 7.39 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 1H, Ar), 7.40 (d, J=7.0 Hz, 2H, Pyr), 8.07 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 2H, Pyr).
  • Preparation of EM-9088
  • EM-9088 was prepared from picoline 7f (250 μL, 2.0 mmol) and compound 6 (100 mg, 0.33 mmol) using the procedure described for EM-5855. For the reaction between LDA (0.5 M, 3.5 mL, 1.8 mmol) and 7f, the temperature was risen from −78° C. to 0° C. over a 1 h period. The crude compound was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, 0-100% acetone in hexanes) to give 10 mg (8%) of EM-9088. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 0.97 (s, 3H, Me), 2.55 (s, 3H, Me), 2.58 (d, Jgem=13.2 Hz, 1H, —CH2-Pyr), 2.72 (m, 1H, H-6), 2.89 (d, Jgem=12.9 Hz, 1H, —CH2-Pyr), 2.99 (m, 1H, H-6), 7.07 (d, J=5.0 Hz, 1H, Pyr), 7.13 (s, 1H, Pyr), 7.20 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H, Ar), 7.40 (t, J=7.9 Hz, 1H, Ar), 8.41 (d, J=5.0 Hz, 1H, Pyr).
  • Preparation of EM-9108
  • EM-9108 was prepared from EM-9088 (30 mg, 0.074 mmol) using the procedure described for compound EM-9103 to give 7 mg (23%) of EM-9108. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 0.97 (s, 3H, Me), 2.53 (s, 3H, Me), 2.57 (d, Jgem=13.5 Hz, 1H, —CH2-Pyr), 2.72 (m, 1H, H-6), 2.90 (d, Jgem=13.4 Hz, 1H, —CH2-Pyr), 2.99 (m, 1H, H-6), 7.14 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 1H, Pyr), 7.20 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H, Ar), 7.24 (s, 1H, Pyr), 7.40 (t, J=7.7 Hz, 1H, Ar), 8.18 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 1H, Pyr).
  • Example 2 Synthesis of EM-8439
  • Figure US20090042844A1-20090212-C00029
  • Preparation of Compound 8
  • In a dry 250 mL round-bottom flask equipped with a magnetic stirrer, under an argon atmosphere, a suspension of sodium hydride (1.2 g, 60% in oil, 30 mmol) in DMSO (25 mL) was stirred at 75° C. for 1 h. The mixture was ice-cooled to 0° C. and THF (10 mL) was added following by a solution of trimethylsulfonium iodide (6.2 g, 30 mmol) in DMSO (35 mL). The mixture was stirred for 5 min and a solution of compound 6 (1.50 g, 5.04 mmol) in THF (50 mL) was added. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 h. After completion of the reaction (TLC), the reaction was quenched by addition of aqueous saturated ammonium chloride. The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (3×). The combined organic layer was washed with water (5×) and brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude compound was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, 0-30% ethyl acetate in hexanes) to give 1.02 g (65%) of compound 8. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 0.93 (s, 3H, Me), 2.66 (d, Jgem=5.0 Hz, 1H, —CH2—O), 2.72 (m, 1H, H-6), 2.96 (d, Jgem=5.2 Hz, 1H, —CH2—O), 2.98 (m, 1H, H-6), 7.17 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H, Ar), 7.38 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 1H, Ar).
  • Preparation of Compound 9
  • To a solution of n-BuLi (2.5 M in hexanes, 2.4 mL, 5.9 mmol) in anhydrous THF (5 mL) at −78° C. was added dropwise (trimethylsilyl)acetylene (0.91 mL, 6.4 mmol). The mixture was stirred for 30 min at −78° C. A solution of compound 8 (364 mg, 1.17 mmol) in THF (10 mL) was added, followed by borontrifluoride diethyl etherate (0.3 mL, 2.3 mmol) and the mixture was stirred for 1 h at −78° C. After completion of the reaction (TLC), the reaction was quenched by addition of aqueous saturated ammonium chloride. The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (3×). The combined organic layer was washed with aqueous saturated sodium bicarbonate and brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude compound was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, 0-30% acetone in hexanes) to give 331 mg (70%) of compound 9. 1H NMR (400 MHz, acetone-d6) δ: 0.14 (s, 9H, TMS), 0.93 (s, 3H, Me), 2.51 (s, 2H, —CH2—CC), 2.70 (m, 1H, H-6), 2.91 (m, 1H, H-6), 7.33 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H, Ar), 7.53 (t, J=7.7 Hz, 1H, Ar).
  • Preparation of Compound 10
  • To a solution of compound 9 (331 mg, 0.808 mmol) in anhydrous THF (10 mL) at 0° C. was added a solution of tetrabutylammonium fluoride (1.0 M in THF, 2.0 mL, 2.0 mmol). The mixture was stirred for 2 h at 0° C. After completion of the reaction (TLC), water was added and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (3×). The combined organic layer was washed with water and brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude compound was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, 0-50% acetone in hexanes) to give 251 mg (92%) of compound 10. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 0.94 (s, 3H, Me), 2.09 (s, 1H, C≡CH), 2.40 (d, Jgem=13.8 Hz, 1H, —CH2—CC), 2.56 (d, Jgem=16.4 Hz, 1H, —CH2—CC), 2.70 (m, 1H, H-6), 2.91 (m, 1H, H-6), 7.16 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H, Ar), 7.36 (t, J=7.7 Hz, 1H, Ar).
  • Preparation of EM-8425
  • A mixture of compound 10 (52 mg, 0.16 mmol), 4-bromopyridine hydrochloride (91 mg, 0.47 mmol), lithium bromide (40 mg, 0.47 mmol), triphenylphosphine (2.6 mg, 0.0099 mmol), dichlorobis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(II) (4.3 mg, 0.0061 mmol), and triethylamine (326 μL, 2.4 mmol) in DMF (0.5 mL) was purged with argon while stirring for 15 min. Then, copper(I) iodide (1 mg, 0.004 mmol) was added and the mixture was purged with argon for another 10 min. The mixture was stirred for 3 h at 65° C. The mixture was filtered through celite and washed several times with ethyl acetate. The mixture was diluted with aqueous saturated sodium bicarbonate and extracted with ethyl acetate (3×). The combined organic layer was washed with aqueous saturated sodium bicarbonate and brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude compound was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, 0-30% acetone in hexanes) to give 34.5 mg (54%) of EM-8425. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 0.98 (s, 3H, Me), 2.68 (d, Jgem=16.6 Hz, 1H, —CH2—C≡C), 2.70 (m, 1H, H-6), 2.81 (d, Jgem=16.6 Hz, 1H, —CH2—C≡C), 2.95 (m, 1H, H-6), 7.17 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H, Ar), 7.28 (bs, 2H, Pyr), 7.38 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 1H, Ar), 8.53 (bs, 2H, Pyr).
  • Preparation of EM-8439
  • EM-8439 was prepared from EM-8425 (42 mg, 0.10 mmol) using the procedure described for EM-5854. The crude compound was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, 0-10% methanol in dichloromethane) to give 29.7 mg (69%) of EM-8439. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 0.98 (s, 3H, Me), 2.68 (d, Jgem=16.8 Hz, 1H, —CH2—C≡C), 2.70 (m, 1H, H-6), 2.81 (d, Jgem=16.7 Hz, 1H, —CH2—C≡C), 2.95 (m, 1H, H-6), 7.17 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H, Ar), 7.26 (bs, 2H, Pyr), 7.39 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 1H, Ar), 8.14 (bs, 2H, Pyr).
  • Example 3 Synthesis of EM-8426
  • Figure US20090042844A1-20090212-C00030
  • Preparation of Compound 11
  • After the addition of magnesium powder (515 mg, 21.2 mmol) in a dry 3-neck round-bottom flask equipped with a magnetic stirrer, under an argon atmosphere, the system was flame dried. After cooling, THF (2 mL) was added. The suspension was stirred vigorously while a 4-benzyloxybenzyl chloride (1.0 g, 4.3 mmol) solution in THF (7 mL) was added dropwise until the temperature rose 30° C. The temperature was kept below 30° C. with an ice bath during the rest of the addition. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 min. Compound 6 (200 mg, 0.67 mmol) was dissolved in THF (10 mL) and ice-cooled to 0° C. The freshly prepared Grignard solution (0.5 M) was added dropwise to this solution. The mixture was stirred for 1 h at 0° C. After completion of the reaction (TLC), the reaction was quenched by addition of aqueous saturated ammonium chloride. The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (3×). The combined organic layer was washed with aqueous saturated sodium bicarbonate and brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude compound was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, 0-80% acetone in hexanes) to give 246 mg (70%) of compound 11. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 0.97 (s, 3H, Me), 2.62 (d, Jgem=13.5 Hz, 1H, C—CH2-Ph), 2.67 (m, 1H, H-6), 2.85 (d, Jgem=12.7 Hz, 1H, C—CH2-Ph), 2.90 (m, 1H, H-6), 5.03 (s, 2H, O—CH2-Ph), 6.93 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H, Ar), 7.28 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H, Ar), 7.31-7.50 (m, 7H, Ar, OBn).
  • Preparation of Compound 12
  • A mixture of compound 11 (200 mg, 0.40 mmol) and palladium hydroxide (20 wt. % on carbon, wet, 100 mg) in ethyl acetate (10 mL) was stirred under hydrogen (1 atm) at 22° C. for 16 h. After completion of the reaction (TLC), the mixture was filtered through celite and washed several times with ethyl acetate. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give 160 mg (98%) of compound 12. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 0.97 (s, 3H, Me), 2.60 (d, Jgem=13.5 Hz, 1H, —CH2-Ph), 2.71 (m, 1H, H-6), 2.86 (d, Jgem=12.7 Hz, 1H, —CH2-Ph), 2.95 (m, 1H, H-6), 6.80 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 2H, Ar), 7.16 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H, Ar), 7.20 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H, Ar), 7.40 (t, J=7.7 Hz, 1H, Ar).
  • Alternative Procedure:
  • A mixture of compound 11 (200 mg, 0.40 mmol) and palladium (10 wt. % on activated carbon, 100 mg) in ethyl acetate-methanol/3:1 (10 mL) was stirred under hydrogen (1 atm) at 22° C. for 16 h. After completion of the reaction (TLC), the mixture was filtered through celite and washed several times with ethyl acetate. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give 160 mg (98%) of compound 12.
  • Preparation of Compound 13
  • To a solution of compound 12 (320 mg, 0.79 mmol) in anhydrous dichloromethane (15 mL) was added triethylamine (220 μL, 1.6 mmol) and 4-(dimethylamino)pyridine (10 mg, 0.082 mmol). The mixture was ice-cooled to 0° C. and trifluoromethanesulfonic anhydride (160 μL, 0.95 mmol) was added dropwise. The mixture was stirred for 1 h at 0° C. After completion of the reaction (TLC), the mixture was diluted with aqueous saturated sodium bicarbonate. The mixture was extracted with dichloromethane (3×). The combined organic layer was washed with aqueous saturated sodium bicarbonate and brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude compound was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, 0-30% ethyl acetate in hexanes) to give 305 mg (72%) of compound 13. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 0.97 (s, 3H, Me), 2.66 (d, Jgem=13.5 Hz, 1H, —CH2-Ph), 2.72 (m, 1H, H-6), 2.96 (d, Jgem=12.7 Hz, 1H, —CH2-Ph), 2.99 (m, 1H, H-6), 7.20 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H, Ar), 7.22 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H, Ar), 7.39 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 2H, Ar) 7.40 (t, J=7.7 Hz, 1H, Ar).
  • Preparation of Compound 14
  • A solution of compound 13 (165 mg, 0.307 mmol) and methanol (260 μL) in DMF (2.3 mL) was purged with argon while stirring for 15 min. Triethylamine (1.0 mL, 7.2 mmol) was added and the mixture was purged with argon for another 10 min. Then, palladium(II) acetate (3.6 mg, 0.016 mmol) and 1,3-bis(diphenylphosphino)propane (6.0 mg, 0.015 mmol) were added and the mixture was stirred at 90° C. for 3 h while bubbling carbon monoxide. After completion of the reaction, the mixture was filtered through celite and washed several times with ethyl acetate. The ethyl acetate solution was washed with water and brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude compound was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, 0-30% ethyl acetate in hexanes) to give 115 mg (84%) of compound 14. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 0.97 (s, 3H, Me), 2.72 (m, 2H —CH2-Ph, H-6), 2.97 (m, 2H, —CH2-Ph, H-6), 3.92 (s, 3H, MeO), 7.20 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H, Ar), 7.38 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H, Ar), 7.40 (t, J=7.7 Hz, 1H, Ar), 7.99 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 2H, Ar).
  • Preparation of EM-8426
  • In a Schlenk tube, a mixture of compound 14 (45 mg, 0.10 mmol) and sodium cyanide (197 mg, 4.02 mmol) in dry methanol (2 mL) was purged with argon while stirring for 15 min. The mixture was cooled to −78° C. Ammonia (2 mL) was condensed and the tube was sealed. The mixture was stirred for 20 h at 65° C. After completion of the reaction, the mixture was cooled to −78° C. before the tube was opened. The temperature was brought back to 22° C. and the excess of ammonia was evaporated. The mixture was diluted with water and extracted with ethyl acetate (3×). The combined organic layer was washed with water and brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude compound was purified by reverse-phase semi-preparative HPLC (50-100% methanol in water) to give 12.7 mg (30%) of EM-8426. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 0.98 (s, 3H, Me), 2.70 (m, 2H —CH2-Ph, H-6), 2.99 (m, 2H, —CH2-Ph, H-6), 5.60-6.15 (bs, 2H, NH2), 7.20 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H, Ar), 7.40 (m, 3H, Ar), 7.77 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H, Ar).
  • Example 4 Synthesis of EM-8791
  • Figure US20090042844A1-20090212-C00031
    Figure US20090042844A1-20090212-C00032
    Figure US20090042844A1-20090212-C00033
  • Preparation of Compound 16
  • Under an argon atmosphere, a solution of estradiol 15 (100 g, 0.368 mol) in DMF (1 L) was cooled with an ice-water bath, treated with sodium hydride (60% dispersion in mineral oil) (44.7 g, 1.10 mol) in four portions, stirred at room temperature for 30 min, cooled again with an ice-water bath, treated with benzyl bromide (131 mL, 1.10 mol), and stirred for 2 h after removing the bath. The reaction mixture was added to a cooled methanol-water/3:1 solution (4 L), stirred for 30 min, and filtered. The crude solid was triturated in hexanes (1.5 L), and filtered. The solid was again triturated in water (1 L), filtered, and dried to give compound 16 as a white solid (116.6 g, 70%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 0.87 (s, 3H, Me), 2.84 (m, 2H, H-6), 3.50 (t, J=8.6 Hz, 1H, H-17), 4.58 (s, 2H, C—O—CH2Ph), 5.03 (s, 2H, Ar—O—CH2Ph), 6.71 (s, 1H, H-4), 6.80 (d, J=8.2 Hz, H, H-2), 7.20 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H, H-1), 7.37 (m, 10H, Ar).
  • Preparation of Compound 17
  • A solution of compound 16 (116.6 g, 0.258 mol) in dioxane-methanol/1:1 mixture (2 L) was treated with 2,3-dichloro-5,6-dicyanobenzoquinone (87.8 g, 0.387 mol) and stirred for 20 h at room temperature. The reaction mixture was concentrated to dryness, and the residue was dissolved in dichloromethane. The solution was filtered on neutral alumina and concentrated. The crude solid 17 (108.5 g, 93%) was used directly in the next step. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 0.89 (s, 3H, Me), 2.81 (m, 2H, H-6), 3.60 (t, J=8.6 Hz, 1H, H-17), 4.58 (m, 2H, C—O—CH2Ph), 5.05 (s, 2H, Ar—O—CH2Ph), 6.11 (m, 1H, H-11), 6.69 (s, 1H, H-4), 6.79 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H, H-2), 7.38 (m, 10H, Ar), 7.54 (d, J=8.8 Hz, H, H-1).
  • Preparation of Compound 18
  • Under an argon atmosphere, a solution of compound 17 (108.5 g, 0.241 mol) in anhydrous THF (1.2 L) was treated with catecholborane (1.0 M in THF, 722 mL, 0.722 mol) and lithium borohydride (7.29 g, 0.335 mol), and stirred overnight at room temperature. The reaction mixture was then added in portions to an ice cold mixture of 33% sodium hydroxide (108.6 g), ethanol (1.0 L) and 30% hydrogen peroxide (0.75 L), and stirred for 6 h at room temperature. The reaction mixture was partitioned between water and ethyl acetate. The aqueous phase was extracted one time with ethyl acetate; and the combined organic phase was washed 3 times with water and 2 times with brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered, and evaporated to give a brown oil. The crude product was then chromatographed (toluene to toluene-ethyl acetate/89:11) to provide compound 18 as a beige foam (59.5 g, 53%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 0.86 (s, 3H, Me), 2.82 (m, 2H, H-6), 3.53 (t, J=8.2 Hz, 1H, H-17), 4.22 (m, 1H, H-11), 4.58 (s, 2H, C—O—CH2Ph), 5.05 (s, 2H, Ar—O—CH2Ph), 6.75 (s, 1H, H-4), 6.80 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H, H-2), 7.36 (m, 10H, Ar), 7.86 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H, H-1).
  • Preparation of Compound 19
  • Under an argon atmosphere, a solution of oxalyl chloride (18.8 mL, 0.216 mol) in dichloromethane (200 mL) was cooled at −60° C., treated with a solution of DMSO (30.6 mL, 0.432 mol) in dichloromethane (400 mL), and stirred 30 min. The reaction mixture was then treated with a solution of compound 18 (59.5 g, 0.127 mole) in dichloromethane (600 mL), stirred for 1.5 h, and treated with triethylamine (124 mL, 0.888 mol). After removing the bath, water was added to the reaction mixture. The organic phase was washed 4 times with water and 2 times with brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered, and evaporated. The crude product was filtered on silica gel using dichloromethane as eluent and triturated from methanol overnight to give compound 19 (48.3 g, 82%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 0.87 (s, 3H, Me), 2.47 (d, J=11.6 Hz, 1H), 2.68 (d, J=11.5 Hz, 1H), 2.84 (m, 2H, H-6), 3.47 (d, J=10.8 Hz, 1H, H-9), 3.73 (t, J=8.2 Hz, 1H, H-17), 4.55 (s, 2H, C—O—CH2Ph), 5.04 (s, 2H, Ar—O—CH2Ph), 6.70 (s, 1H, H-4), 6.83 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H, H-2), 7.25 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H, H-1), 7.38 (m, 10H, Ar).
  • Preparation of Compound 20
  • A suspension of anhydrous cerium(III) chloride (10.6 g, 42.9 mmol) in anhydrous THF (60 mL) was stirred overnight at room temperature under argon, cooled at −78° C., treated with methyl lithium (0.8 M in diethyl ether, 54 mL, 43 mmol), and stirred for 30 min. The organometallic reagent was treated with a solution of compound 19 (10.1 g, 21.7 mmol) in anhydrous THF (70 mL), stirred for 30 min, and quenched with ethyl acetate. After removing the bath, the reaction mixture was concentrated. The residue was poured in ethyl acetate and a small amount of water and filtered on celite. The organic phase was washed with water, aqueous saturated sodium bicarbonate and brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered, and evaporated. The crude solid 20 (10.6 g, 100%) was used directly in the next step. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 1.09 (s, 3H, Me), 1.63 (s, 3H, Me), 2.71 (m, 2H, H-6), 3.47 (t, J=7.7 Hz, 1H, H-17), 4.57 (s, 2H, C—O—CH2Ph), 5.05 (s, 2H, Ar—O—CH2Ph), 6.78 (m, 2H, H-4, H-2), 7.36 (m, 10H, Ar), 7.77 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H, H-1).
  • Preparation of Compound 21
  • A solution of compound 20 (10.6 g, 21.7 mmol) in dichloromethane (400 mL) was cooled at 0° C., treated with triethylsilane (20 mL, 125 mmol) and boron trifluoride diethyl etherate (44 mL, 350 mmol) over a 10 min period, and stirred for 1 h. The reaction mixture was quenched with aqueous saturated sodium bicarbonate (200 mL) and the bath was removed. The organic phase was concentrated and diluted with ethyl acetate (400 mL). The organic phase was washed 2 times with aqueous saturated sodium bicarbonate and brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered, and evaporated. The crude solid 21 (10.1 g, 100%) was used directly in the next step. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 0.91 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 3H, Me-11), 1.01 (s, 3H, Me), 2.75 (m, 2H, H-6), 3.48 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 1H, H-17), 4.58 (m, 2H, C—O—CH2Ph), 5.03 (s, 2H, Ar—O—CH2Ph), 6.69 (s, 1H, H-4), 6.79 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H, H-2), 7.10 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H, H-1), 7.37 (m, 10H, Ar).
  • Preparation of Compound 22
  • Liquid ammonia (200 mL) was freshly condensed at −78° C. and diluted with a solution of compound 21 (10.1 g, 21.7 mmol) in THF (200 mL). The reaction mixture was treated with sodium (4.06 g, 177 mmol) in small portions, refluxed for 3 h, quenched with ammonium chloride (23.6 g) in small portions and water (100 mL), and stirred overnight to let ammonia to evaporate. The reaction mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate after adjusting the pH to 5 with HCl 1 N. The organic phase was washed 2 times with brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered, and evaporated. The crude solid 22 (7.06 g, 100%) was used directly in the next step. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 0.91 (m, 6H, Me), 2.72 (m, 2H, H-6), 3.70 (m, 1H, H-17), 6.54 (s, 1H, H-4), 6.63 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H, H-2), 7.05 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H, H-1).
  • Preparation of Compound 23
  • A solution of compound 22 (7.06 g, 21.7 mmol) in cyclohexanone-toluene/2:3 (250 mL) was treated with aluminum isopropoxide (10.6 g, 52.1 mmol), refluxed for 5 h, and allowed to cool to room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was treated with HCl 1 N and extracted 3 times with ethyl acetate. The combined organic phase was washed with water and brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered, and evaporated. The residue was coevaporated 4 times with water to remove the cyclohexanone and triturated in hexanes-ethyl acetate/19:1 (150 mL) to give compound 23 as a beige solid (4.44 g, 72%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 0.87 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 3H, Me-11), 1.00 (s, 3H, Me), 2.74 (m, 2H, H-6), 6.52 (s, 1H, H-4), 6.61 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H, H-2), 7.00 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H, H-1).
  • Preparation of Compound 24
  • A solution of compound 23 (1.39 g, 4.89 mmol) in dichloromethane (75 mL) was cooled at 0° C., treated with trifluoromethanesulfonic anhydride (1.15 mL, 6.85 mmol), 2,6-lutidine (1.14 mL, 9.8 mmol) and 4-dimethylaminopyridine (32 mg, 0.26 mmol), and stirred for 3 h. The reaction mixture was quenched with aqueous saturated ammonium chloride and concentrated. The residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate. The organic phase was washed with water, HCl 1 N (2×), water, aqueous saturated sodium bicarbonate (2×) and brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered, and evaporated. The crude product was chromatographed (hexanes-ethyl acetate/17:3 to hexanes-ethyl acetate/4:1) to afford compound 24 (1.90 g, 93%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 0.92 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 3H, Me-11), 1.06 (s, 3H, Me), 2.90 (m, 2H, H-6), 7.00 (s, 1H, H-4), 7.05 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H, H-2), 7.27 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H, H-1).
  • Preparation of Compound 25
  • Under an argon atmosphere, a suspension of compound 24 (1.90 g, 4.55 mmol), zinc cyanide (320 mg, 2.73 mmol), zinc (46 mg, 0.70 mmol), 1,1′-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene (252 mg, 0.455 mmol) and tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium (0) (208 mg, 0.227 mmol) in DMF (bubbled with argon, 35 mL) was bubbled with argon for 15 min and heated at 120° C. for 3 h and at 105° C. overnight. The reaction mixture was cooled at room temperature and concentrated. The residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate then the organic phase was washed with water (2×), aqueous saturated sodium bicarbonate and brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered, and evaporated. The crude product was chromatographed (toluene-ethyl acetate/19:1) to give compound 25 (0.901 g, 67%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 0.89 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 3H, Me-11), 1.04 (s, 3H, Me), 2.87 (m, 2H, H-6), 7.29 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H, Ar), 7.38 (s, 1H, Ar), 7.42 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H, Ar).
  • Preparation of Compound 26
  • Compound 26 was prepared using the same method described for compound 8. Compound 25 (0.900 g, 3.07 mmol) gave compound 26 (0.681 g, 72%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 0.85 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 3H, Me-11), 1.07 (s, 3H, Me), 2.64 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H, CH2—O), 2.85 (m, 2H, H-6), 2.99 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H, CH2—O), 7.28 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H, Ar), 7.37 (s, 1H, Ar), 7.41 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H, Ar).
  • Preparation of Compound 27
  • After the addition of magnesium powder (0.74 g, 30 mmol) in a dry 3-neck round-bottom flask equipped with a magnetic stirrer, under an argon atmosphere, the system was flame dried. After cooling, dry THF (10 mL) was added. The suspension was stirred vigorously while a 4-benzyloxybromobenzene (3.93 g, 14.9 mmol) solution in THF (3 mL) was added dropwise until the temperature rose 30° C. The temperature was kept below 30° C. with an ice bath during the rest of the addition. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 min. A portion of the freshly prepared Grignard solution (0.79 M, 2.8 mL, 2.2 mmol) was added to a solution of copper(I) chloride (3 mg, 0.03 mmol) in THF (2.5 mL) and stirred 10 min at −10° C. Then, a solution of compound 26 (133 mg, 0.433 mmol) in THF (2.5 mL) was added. The mixture was stirred for 3 h at 0° C. After completion of the reaction (TLC), the reaction was quenched by addition of aqueous saturated ammonium chloride. The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layer was washed with water (2×), aqueous saturated sodium bicarbonate and brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography (hexanes-dichloromethane-ethyl acetate/34:5:11) to give impure compound 27 (262 mg) which was used in the next step. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 0.94 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 3H, Me-11), 1.12 (s, 3H, Me), 2.63 (m, 1H, C—CH2-Ph), 2.89 (m, 3H, C—CH2-Ph, H-6), 5.08 (s, 2H, O—CH2-Ph), 6.97 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H, Ar), 7.23 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H, Ar), 7.43 (m, 8H, Ar).
  • Preparation of Compound 28
  • Under an argon atmosphere, a solution of impure compound 27 (262 mg) in dichloromethane (10 mL) was cooled at −45° C., treated with boron trichloride (1.0 M in dichloromethane, 1.0 mL, 1.0 mmol), and stirred below −35° C. for 2 h. The reaction mixture was slowly warmed at −20° C. over a 30 min period, then quenched with methanol, and evaporated. The residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate. The organic phase was washed with water, aqueous saturated sodium bicarbonate (2×) and brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered, and evaporated. The crude product was chromatographed (dichloromethane to dichloromethane-methanol/19:1) to give compound 28 (144 mg, 83%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, acetone-d6) δ: 0.93 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 3H, Me-11), 1.10 (s, 3H, Me), 2.64 (d, J=13.5 Hz, 1H, C—CH2-Ph), 2.72 (m, 1H, H-6), 2.84 (d, J=12.6 Hz, 1H, C—CH2-Ph), 2.89 (m, 1H, H-6), 6.75 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 2H, Ar), 7.18 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 2H, Ar), 7.51 (m, 3H, Ar).
  • Preparation of Compound 29
  • Compound 29 was prepared using the same method described for compound 24. Methanol was used in addition to hexanes-ethyl acetate mixture during chromatography (2% in volume). Compound 28 (144 mg, 0.359 mmol) gave compound 29 (92 mg, 48%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 0.93 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 3H, Me-11), 1.10 (s, 3H, Me), 2.64 (d, J=13.5 Hz, 1H, C—CH2-Ph), 2.86 (m, 2H, H-6), 2.98 (d, J=13.4 Hz, 1H, C—CH2-Ph), 7.22 (m, 2H, Ar), 7.31 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H, Ar), 7.40 (m, 4H, Ar).
  • Preparation of EM-8791
  • Under an argon atmosphere, a suspension of compound 29 (60 mg, 0.11 mmol), zinc cyanide (26 mg, 0.22 mmol) and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (21 mg, 0.018 mmol) in DMF (bubbled with argon, 2.5 mL) was bubbled with argon for 10 min and heated at 120° C. for 5 h (two additional portions of palladium catalyst was added during the course of the reaction). The reaction mixture was cooled at room temperature and concentrated. The crude product was two times chromatographed (toluene-ethyl acetate/9:1 to toluene-ethyl acetate/17:3) to give EM-8791 (41 mg, 89%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, acetone-d6) δ: 0.93 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 3H, Me-11), 1.11 (s, 3H, Me), 2.80-3.05 (m, 4H, C—CH2-Ph, H-6), 7.47 (s, 1H, Ar), 7.50 (m, 2H, Ar), 7.63 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H, Ar), 7.66 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H, Ar).
  • Example 5 Synthesis of EM-5987
  • Figure US20090042844A1-20090212-C00034
  • Preparation of Compound 30
  • In a 100 mL round-bottom flask equipped with a magnetic stirrer, under an argon atmosphere, was placed crude compound 5 (1.0 g, 3.4 mmol), cupric chloride (0.55 g, 4.1 mmol) and 25 mL of dry acetonitrile. The mixture was stirred at 0° C., and tert-butyl nitrite (0.6 mL, 5.1 mmol) was added dropwise. After 25 min, a 10% aqueous hydrochloric acid solution (20 mL) was poured in the reaction. The mixture was then extracted with ethyl acetate (3×75 mL), and the combined organic phase was successively washed with 10% aqueous hydrochloric acid solution (100 mL), water (100 mL) and brine (100 mL). The solution was dried over magnesium sulfate and evaporated in vacuo to provide 0.94 g of compound 30 contaminated with 12% molar of compound 41. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 0.91 (s, 3H, Me), 2.53 (m, 1H, H-16), 2.78 (m, 1H, H-6), 3.07 (m, 1H, H-6), 7.33 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H, H-1), 7.49 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H, H-2).
  • Preparation of EM-5988
  • EM-5988 was prepared from the hydrochloride salt of picoline 7b (752 mg, 5.12 mmol) and compound 30 (400 mg, 1.28 mmol) using the procedure described for EM-8455. The crude compound was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, 0-60% acetone in hexanes) to give 434 mg (79%) of EM-5988. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 0.96 (s, 3H, Me), 2.77 (m, 2H —CH2-Ph, H-6), 2.98 (m, 2H, —CH2-Ph, H-6), 7.36 (m, 2H, Ar, Pyr), 7.49 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H, Ar), 8.34 (d, J=4.8 Hz, 1H, Pyr), 8.44 (s, 1H, Pyr).
  • Preparation of EM-5987
  • EM-5987 was prepared from EM-5988 (200 mg, 0.47 mmol) using the procedure described for EM-5854 to give 192 mg (93%) of EM-5987. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 0.95 (s, 3H, Me), 2.73 (m, 2H —CH2-Ph, H-6), 2.98 (m, 2H, —CH2-Ph, H-6), 7.33 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H, Ar), 7.46 (m, 2H, Ar, Pyr), 8.01 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 1H, Pyr), 8.16 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 1H, Pyr).
  • Example 6 Synthesis of EM-5945 and Derivatives
  • Figure US20090042844A1-20090212-C00035
    Figure US20090042844A1-20090212-C00036
  • Preparation of Compound 31
  • To an ice-cooled solution of 4-aminosteroid 5 (6.40 g, 21.7 mmol) in concentrated HCl (50 mL) was added a solution of sodium nitrite (1.94 g, 28.2 mmol) in water (7 mL) over a 10 min period. After 20 min of vigorous agitation, a solution of potassium iodide (10.80 g, 65.10 mmol) in water (7 mL) was added dropwise. The resulting slurry was stirred for 10 min at the same temperature before addition of acetone (10 mL), then allowed to reach room temperature. After dilution with ethyl acetate, the organic phase was washed with 20% sodium bisulfite and brine, then dried over sodium sulfate. After concentration, the resulting solid was purified by flash chromatography eluting with 5% ethyl acetate-toluene giving 4-iodosteroid 31 (5.27 g, 60%) as a beige solid which contains 5-10% of compound 41. Compound 31 was used directly for the next step. An analytical sample of compound 31 was obtained by recrystallization from dichloromethane-hexanes. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 0.91 (s, 3H, Me), 2.76 (m, 1H, H-6), 2.93 (m, 1H, H-6), 7.41 (s, 2H, H-1 and H-2).
  • Preparation of Compound 32
  • A commercial solution of LDA (1.8 M in THF, 21.3 mL, 38.3 mmol) was added to a cooled (−78° C.) solution of 4-chlorosteroid 30 (3.00 g, 9.57 mmol) and ethyl diazoacetate (4.02 mL, 38.3 mmol) in THF (100 mL). The resulting brown reaction mixture was stirred at the same temperature for 3 h, after which a solution of saturated ammonium chloride was added; the mixture was then allowed to warm to room temperature. Water was added, the aqueous solution was extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic phase was washed with brine then dried over sodium sulfate, and the solvent evaporated. Flash chromatography of the residue with 1% ethyl acetate-toluene give α-diazo-β-hydroxy ester 32 (3.25 g, 79%) as a yellow solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 0.96 (s, 3H, Me), 1.32 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H, —CH2—CH3), 2.75 (m, 1H, H-6), 2.97 (m, 1H, H-6), 4.27 (q, J=7.3 Hz, 2H, —O—CH2—), 4.7 (bs, 1H, OH), 7.30 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H, Ar), 7.47 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H, Ar).
  • Preparation of Compound 34
  • A mixture of the α-diazo-β-hydroxy ester 32 (3.40 g, 7.96 mmol) and a catalytic amount of rhodium(II) acetate dimer (5 mg) in 1,2-dimethoxyethane was stirred for 2 h. The solvent was evaporated and the obtained residue was filtered through silica gel with 10% ethyl acetate-toluene to give the β-ketoester 34 (2.60 g, 82%) as a white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) (2:3 mixture of tautomers) δ: 1.13 and 1.17 (2s, 3H, Me), 1.29 and 1.31 (2t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H, —CH2—CH3), 2.74 (m, 1H, H-6), 3.02 (m, 1H, H-6), 3.76 (m, 0.4H, H-16), 4.23 (q, J=7.3 Hz, 2H, —O—CH2—), 7.35 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H, Ar), 7.49 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H, Ar), 12.47 (s, 0.6H, OH enol).
  • Preparation of Compound 36
  • The β-ketoester 34 (2.60 g, 6.59 mmol) was heated with lithium chloride (363 mg, 8.56 mmol) in 90% aqueous DMSO (50 mL) at 150° C. for 5 h. After cooling to room temperature, the mixture was poured into water. The precipitate was filtered, washed with water, and dried to furnish D-homosteroid 36 (2.08 g, 96%) as a white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 1.13 (s, 3H, Me), 2.69 (m, 2H, H-6 and H-16), 3.03 (m, 1H, H-6), 7.34 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H, Ar), 7.48 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H, Ar).
  • Preparation of Compound 33
  • Alkylation of 4-iodosteroid 31 (1.37 g, 3.38 mmol) with ethyl diazo(lithio)acetate (10.15 mmol) was achieved as reported for the preparation of compound 32 giving α-diazo-β-hydroxy ester 33 (1.24 g, 70%) as a yellow solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 0.95 (s, 3H, Me), 1.32 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H, —CH2—CH3), 2.69 (m, 1H, H-6), 2.91 (m, 1H, H-6), 4.22 (q, J=7.3 Hz, 2H, —O—CH2—), 4.76 (bs, 1H, OH), 7.41 (s, 2H, Ar).
  • Preparation of Compound 35
  • Conversion of α-diazo-β-hydroxy ester 33 to β-ketoester 35 (white solid) with rhodium(II) acetate dimer was achieved as described for the preparation of compound 34. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) (2:3 mixture of tautomers) δ: 1.13 and 1.17 (2s, 3H, Me), 1.30-1.31 (2t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H, —CH2—CH3), 2.72 (m, 1H, H-6), 2.92 (m, 1H, H-6), 3.75 (m, 0.4H, H-16), 4.23 (q, J=7.3 Hz, 2H, —O—CH2—), 7.41 (s, 2H, Ar), 12.47 (s, 0.6H, OH enol).
  • Preparation of Compound 37
  • Decarboethoxylation of compound 35 (491 mg, 2.39 mmol) was achieved as described for preparation of 4-chloro derivative 36. The crude 4-iodo-D-homosteroid 37 which contains 10% of 3-cyano-D-homoestrone was recrystallized from 20% methanol-dichloromethane to furnish pure compound 37 (688 mg, 69% yield for 2 steps) as a white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 1.12 (s, 3H, Me), 2.72 (m, 2H, H-6 and H-16), 2.92 (m, 1H, H-6), 7.40 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H, Ar), 7.43 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H, Ar).
  • Preparation of Compound 38
  • To a suspension of 4-iodo D-homosteroid 37 (253 mg, 0.603 mmol) and potassium carbonate (250 mg, 1.80 mmol) in 10% water-dioxane (3 mL) was added trimethylboroxine (83 μL, 0.60 mmol). Argon was bubbled through the mixture for 10 min before adding tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (69 mg, 0.060 mmol). After heating at 100-105° C. for 17 h, the reaction mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature, diluted with ethyl acetate, and filtered through a pad of celite. Concentration and flash chromatography of the residue with 5% ethyl acetate-hexanes containing 5% of dichloromethane gave 4-methyl D-homosteroid 38 (160 mg, 87%) as a white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 1.12 (s, 3H, Me), 1.55 (s, 3H, Me), 2.69 (m, 2H, H-6 and H-16), 2.82 (m, 1H, H-6), 7.27 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H, Ar), 7.42 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H, Ar).
  • Preparation of EM-5942, EM-5943, EM-9143, EM-9139, EM-9188 and EM-9189
  • D-homosteroids 36 and 38 were alkylated with 7a or 7b according to the preparation of EM-5854 giving a 3:2 mixture of 17-α and 17-β regioisomers. In both cases, the regioisomers were separated by flash chromatography eluting with 1% methanol-dichloromethane.
  • EM-5942 (17-β), (22 mg, 22%), white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 1.02 (s, 3H, Me), 2.52 (d, Jgem=12.8 Hz, 1H, —CH2-Pyr), 2.71 (m, 1H, H-6), 3.01 (d, Jgem=12.6 Hz, 1H, —CH2-Pyr), 3.02 (m, 1H, H-6), 7.15 (d, J=5.7 Hz, 2H, Pyr), 7.34 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H, Ar), 7.48 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H, Ar), 8.51 (d, J=5.8 Hz, 2H, Pyr); MS (APCI+) m/z 421 (M+H, 45).
  • EM-5943 (17-α), (44 mg, 34%), white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 1.04 (s, 3H, Me), 2.76 (m, 1H, H-6), 2.99 (s, 2H, —CH2-Pyr), 3.02 (m, 1H, H-6), 7.26 (m, 2H, Pyr), 7.36 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H, Ar), 7.48 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H, Ar), 8.51 (d, J=5.4 Hz, 2H, Pyr).
  • EM-9143 (17-β), (95 mg, 21%), white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 1.03 (s, 3H, Me), 2.43 (s, 3H, Me), 2.58 (d, Jgem=12.9 Hz, 1H, —CH2-Pyr), 2.64 (m, 1H, H-6), 2.79 (m, 1H, H-6), 3.01 (d, Jgem=12.6 Hz, 1H, —CH2-Pyr), 7.15 (d, J=5.7 Hz, 2H, Pyr), 7.27 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H, Ar), 7.42 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H, Ar), 8.52 (d, J=5.5 Hz, 2H, Pyr).
  • EM-9139 (17-α), (100 mg, 22%), white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 1.04 (s, 3H, Me), 2.43 (s, 3H, Me), 2.66 (m, 1H, H-6), 2.80 (m, 1H, H-6), 3.00 (s, 2H, —CH2-Pyr), 7.26 (m, 2H, Pyr), 7.27 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H, Ar), 7.43 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H, Ar), 8.51 (dd, J=1.3 and 4.6 Hz, 2H, Pyr).
  • EM-9188 (17-β), (42 mg, 15%), white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 1.06 (s, 3H, Me), 2.71 (m, 1H, H-6), 2.83 (d, Jgem=12.9 Hz, 1H, —CH2-Pyr), 2.95 (d, Jgem=12.9 Hz, 1H, —CH2-Pyr), 3.00 (m, 1H, H-6), 7.21 (dd, J=5.2 and 5.9 Hz, 1H, Pyr), 7.35 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H, Ar), 7.48 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H, Ar), 8.34 (d, J=4.8 Hz, 1H, Pyr), 8.41 (s, 1H, Pyr).
  • EM-9189 (17-α), (86 mg, 32%), white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 1.04 (s, 3H, Me), 2.76 (m, 1H, H-6), 2.92 (d, Jgem=13.5 Hz, 1H, —CH2-Pyr), 3.02 (m, 1H, H-6), 3.25 (d, Jgem=13.5 Hz, 1H, —CH2-Pyr), 7.35 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H, Ar), 7.40 (dd, J=5.4 and 5.8 Hz, 1H, Pyr), 7.48 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H, Ar), 8.33 (d, J=4.7 Hz, 1H, Pyr), 8.42 (s, 1H, Pyr).
  • Preparation of EM-5944, EM-5945, EM-9141, EM-9140, EM-9185 and EM-9187
  • All these compounds were prepared from the corresponding pyridines according to the preparation of EM-5855. In both cases, crude material was triturated in acetone to give pure pyridine N-oxides as white solids.
  • EM-5944 (17-
    Figure US20090042844A1-20090212-P00001
    , (100 mg, 83%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ: 0.92 (s, 3H, Me), 2.55 (d, Jgem=12.8 Hz, 1H, —CH2-Pyr), 2.71 (m, 1H, H-6), 2.82 (d, Jgem=12.8 Hz, 1H, —CH2-Pyr), 2.98 (m, 1H, H-6), 7.22 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 2H, Pyr), 7.52 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H, Ar), 7.72 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H, Ar), 8.08 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 2H, Pyr); MS (APCI+) m/z 437 (M+H, 100).
  • EM-5945 (17-
    Figure US20090042844A1-20090212-P00002
    , (186 mg, 86%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 1.03 (s, 3H, Me), 2.75 (m, 1H, H-6), 2.77 (dd, J=6.8 and 11.3 Hz, 1H, H-6), 3.00 (s, 2H, —CH2-Pyr), 7.26 (m, 2H, Pyr), 7.35 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H, Ar), 7.48 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H, Ar), 8.12 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 2H, Pyr); MS (APCI+) m/z 437 (M+H, 50).
  • EM-9141 (17-
    Figure US20090042844A1-20090212-P00001
    , (48 mg, 62%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 1.01 (s, 3H, Me), 2.43 (s, 3H, Me), 2.56 (d, Jgem=13.2 Hz, 1H, —CH2-Pyr), 2.64 (m, 1H, H-6), 2.79 (m, 1H, H-6), 3.02 (d, Jgem=13.1 Hz, 1H, —CH2-Pyr), 7.16 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 2H, Pyr), 7.28 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H, Ar); 7.42 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H, Ar), 8.12 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 2H, Pyr).
  • EM-9140 (17-α), (60 mg, 55%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 1.03 (s, 3H, Me), 2.43 (s, 3H, Me), 2.65 (m, 1H, H-6), 2.81 (m, 1H, H-6), 2.98 (s, 2H, —CH2-Pyr), 7.28 (m, 3H, Ar, Pyr), 7.43 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H, Ar), 8.12 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 2H, Pyr).
  • EM-9185 (17-β), (9.1 mg, 45%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 1.04 (s, 3H, Me), 2.75 (m, 1H, H-6), 2.78 (d, Jgem=13.2 Hz, 1H, —CH2-Pyr), 2.90 (d, Jgem=13.4 Hz, 1H, —CH2-Pyr), 3.01 (m, 1H, H-6), 7.22 (dd, J=6.8 and 8.4 Hz, 1H, Pyr), 7.34 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H, Ar), 7.48 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H, Ar), 7.99 (dd, J=1.0 and 6.7 Hz, 1H, Pyr), 8.11 (dd, J=1.5 and 4.9 Hz, 1H, Pyr).
  • EM-9187 (17-α), (27 mg, 71%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 1.03 (s, 3H, Me), 2.71 (m, 1H, H-6), 2.86 (d, Jgem=13.8 Hz, 1H, —CH2-Pyr), 3.01 (m, 1H, H-6), 3.21 (d, Jgem=13.9 Hz, 1H, —CH2-Pyr), 7.35 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H, Ar), 7.40 (dd, J=7.3 and 8.4 Hz, 1H, Pyr), 7.49 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H, Ar), 7.99 (dd, J=1.2 and 6.7 Hz, 1H, Pyr), 8.13 (dd, J=1.5 and 5.4 Hz, 1H, Pyr).
  • Example 7 Synthesis of EM-5985
  • Figure US20090042844A1-20090212-C00037
  • Preparation of Compound 39
  • Methylation of 4-iodosteroid 31 was carried out as reported for preparation of compound 38. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography with 10% ethyl acetate-hexanes containing 10% of dichloromethane to give compound 39 (535 mg, 87% yield) as an off-white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 0.91 (s, 3H, Me), 2.55 (s, 3H, Me), 2.75 (m, 2H, H-6 and H-16), 2.87 (m, 1H, H-6), 7.28 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H, Ar), 7.43 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H, Ar).
  • Preparation of EM-5984 and EM-5985
  • Alkylation of 39 with 7a and subsequent oxidation with magnesium monoperoxyphthalate were achieved according to the preparation of EM-5855 and EM-9103.
  • EM-5984 (145 mg, 50%), white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, acetone-d6) δ: 0.97 (s, 3H, Me), 2.41 (s, 3H, Me), 2.65 (m, 1H, H-6), 2.76 (d, Jgem=13.3 Hz, 1H, —CH2-Pyr), 2.81-2.85 (m, 1H, H-6), 2.88 (d, Jgem=13.5 Hz, 1H, —CH2-Pyr), 7.36 (d, J=5.8 Hz, 2H, Pyr), 7.40 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H, Ar), 7.48 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H, Ar), 8.45 (d, J=5.8 Hz, 2H, Pyr).
  • EM-5985 (79 mg, 86%), white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 0.94 (s, 3H, Me), 2.41 (s, 3H, Me), 2.60 (d, Jgem=13.4 Hz, 1H, —CH2-Pyr), 2.65 (m, 1H, H-6), 2.92 (m, 1H, H-6), 2.95 (d, Jgem=13.5 Hz, 1H, —CH2-Pyr), 7.27 (m, 3H, Ar, Pyr), 7.41 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H, Ar), 8.04 (d, J=6.1 Hz, 2H, Pyr); MS (APCI+) m/z 403 (M+H, 100).
  • Example 8 Synthesis of EM-4350 and EM-5292
  • Figure US20090042844A1-20090212-C00038
    Figure US20090042844A1-20090212-C00039
  • Preparation of compound 41
  • In a dry 5 L three-neaked round-bottom flask equipped with a condenser, compound 40 (172 g, 0.428 mol) (from Labrie, F., Provencher, L., Gauthier, S. WO 2004/089971) was solubilized in 2.9 L of deoxygenated acetonitrile under an argon atmosphere. To that solution was added palladium(II) acetate (9.6 g, 0.043 mol) and triphenylphosphine (44.9 g, 0.171 mol). The reaction mixture was stirred and heated until every reagents were solubilized, then activated zinc (16.8 g, 0.257 mol) was added portionwise. The mixture was heated at reflux for 15 min where a dark coloration can be observed, then potassium cyanide (41.7 g, 0.642 mol) was added by portion. The reaction mixture was kept heated at reflux for 1.5 h. The solvent was evaporated, dichloromethane (2 L) was added, and the mixture was stirred for 2 h. The resulting suspension was filtered under vacuum and the solvent was evaporated. The reaction was done three times to give 550 g of the crude residue which was triturated from methanol (3 L) for 4 h. The resulting grey solid was filtered and recrystallized from hot chloroform (1.6 L): methanol (1.6 L) at 4° C. to provide 294 g (84%, HPLC 99.5%) of compound 41 as grey-white crystals. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 0.92 (s, 3H, Me), 1.49-1.64 (m, 6H), 1.98-2.54 (m, 7H), 2.94 (m, 2H, H-6), 7.41 (m, 3H, Ar).
  • Preparation of Compound 42
  • Compound 42 was prepared from compound 41 (300 mg, 1.07 mmol) using the procedure described for compound 11 to give 333 mg (65%) of compound 42. 1H NMR (400 MHz, acetone-d6) δ: 0.99 (s, 3H, Me), 2.69 (d, Jgem=13.5 Hz, 1H, C—CH2-Ph), 2.87 (d, Jgem=13.5 Hz, 1H, C—CH2-Ph), 2.94 (m, 2H, H-6), 5.11 (s, 2H, O—CH2-Ph), 6.93 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 2H, Ar), 7.29 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 2H, Ar), 7.34 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H, Ar), 7.41 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 2H, Ar), 7.51 (m, 5H, OBn).
  • Preparation of Compound 43
  • To a solution of compound 42 (250 mg, 0.52 mmol) in anhydrous dichloromethane (4 mL) at 0° C. was added tetrafluoroboric acid (48% in H2O, 142 μL, 0.78 mmol). Then, trimethylsilyldiazomethane (2.0 M in hexanes, 1.04 mL, 2.08 mmol) was added in 20 min intervals in four portions. An excess of trimethylsilyldiazomethane was added to complete the reaction. Silica gel was added to destroy the excess of trimethylsilyldiazomethane. The reaction was quenched with aqueous saturated sodium bicarbonate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The mixture was extracted with dichloromethane (3×). The combined organic layer was washed with water and brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude compound was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, 0-20% ethyl acetate in hexanes) to give 96 mg (37%) of compound 43. 1H NMR (400 MHz, acetone-d6) δ: 0.99 (s, 3H, Me), 2.64 (d, Jgem=13.2 Hz, 1H, C—CH2-Ph), 2.95 (m, 2H, H-6), 3.36 (d, Jgem=13.5 Hz, 1H, C—CH2-Ph), 3.38 (s, 3H, OMe), 5.11 (s, 2H, O—CH2-Ph), 6.95 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H, Ar), 7.24 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H, Ar), 7.34 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H, Ar), 7.41 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 2H, Ar), 7.51 (m, 5H, OBn).
  • Preparation of Compound 44
  • To a solution of compound 42 (1.09 g, 2.28 mmol) in anhydrous dichloromethane (100 mL) at −78° C. was added boron trichloride (1.0 M in dichloromethane, 6.9 mL, 6.9 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 1 h. After completion (TLC), the reaction was quenched with aqueous saturated sodium bicarbonate. The mixture was extracted with dichloromethane (3×). The combined organic layer was washed with aqueous saturated sodium bicarbonate and brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude compound was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, 0-100% acetone in hexanes) to give 513 mg (60%) of compound 44. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 0.97 (s, 3H, Me), 2.61 (d, Jgem=13.6 Hz, 1H, C—CH2-Ph), 2.88 (m, 3H, C—CH2-Ph, H-6), 6.79 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H, Ar), 7.12 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H, Ar), 7.37 (m, 3H, Ar).
  • Alternative Procedure:
  • A mixture of compound 42 (4.0 g, 8.3 mmol) and palladium (10 wt. % on activated carbon, 300 mg) in ethyl acetate-methanol/3:1 (120 mL) was stirred under hydrogen (1 atm) at 22° C. for 16 h. After completion of the reaction (TLC), the mixture was filtered through celite and washed several times with ethyl acetate. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The crude compound was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, 0-20% acetone in toluene) to give 3.03 g (94%) of compound 44.
  • Preparation of Compound 45
  • Compound 45 was prepared from compound 43 (738 mg, 1.50 mmol) using the first procedure described for compound 12. The crude compound was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, 0-100% ethyl acetate in hexanes) to give 339 mg (56%) of compound 45. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 1.01 (s, 3H, Me), 2.51 (d, Jgem=14.7 Hz, 1H, C—CH2-Ph), 2.89 (m, 2H, H-6), 3.31 (d, Jgem=15.1 Hz, 1H, C—CH2-Ph), 3.38 (s, 3H, OMe), 6.77 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H, Ar), 7.15 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H, Ar), 7.40 (m, 3H, Ar).
  • Preparation of Compound 46
  • Compound 46 was prepared from compound 44 (513 mg, 1.32 mmol) using the procedure described for compound 13. The crude compound was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, 0-50% ethyl acetate in hexanes) to give 494 mg (72%) of compound 46. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 0.97 (s, 3H, Me), 2.67 (d, Jgem=13.5 Hz, 1H, C—CH2-Ph), 2.91 (m, 2H, H-6), 2.96 (d, Jgem=13.5 Hz, 1H, C—CH2-Ph), 7.21 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H, Ar), 7.40 (m, 5H, Ar).
  • Preparation of Compound 47
  • Compound 47 was prepared from compound 45 (555 mg, 1.38 mmol) using the procedure described for compound 13. The crude compound was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, 0-10% ethyl acetate in hexanes) to give 490 mg (66%) of compound 47. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 1.04 (s, 3H, Me), 2.65 (d, Jgem=13.2 Hz, 1H, C—CH2-Ph), 2.92 (m, 2H, H-6), 3.39 (s, 3H, OMe), 3.41 (d, Jgem=13.5 Hz, 1H, C—CH2-Ph), 7.22 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H, Ar), 7.41 (m, 5H, Ar).
  • Preparation of EM-4240
  • A mixture of compound 46 (270 mg, 0.52 mmol), 4-pyridineboronic acid (95 mg, 0.78 mmol), tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (13 mg, 0.011 mmol) in toluene (0.5 mL) and ethanol (0.5 mL) was purged with argon while stirring for 15 min. Then, an aqueous solution of sodium carbonate (2.0 M, 380 μL, 0.76 mmol) was added, and the mixture was purged with argon for another 10 min. The mixture was stirred for 16 h under reflux. After completion of the reaction, the mixture was diluted with aqueous saturated sodium bicarbonate and extracted with ethyl acetate (3×). The combined organic layer was washed with aqueous saturated sodium bicarbonate and brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude compound was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, 0-10% ethyl acetate in chloroform to 5% methanol in chloroform) to give 193 mg (90%) of EM-4240. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 1.02 (s, 3H, Me), 2.76 (d, Jgem=13.3 Hz, 1H, C—CH2-Ph), 2.94 (m, 2H, H-6), 3.04 (d, Jgem=13.2 Hz, 1H, C—CH2-Ph), 7.44 (m, 5H, Ar), 7.66 (m, 4H, Ar), 8.68 (d, J=4.9 Hz, 2H, Pyr).
  • Preparation of EM-5296
  • EM-5296 was prepared from compound 47 (480 mg, 0.90 mmol) using the procedure described for EM-4240. The crude compound was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, 10-30% ethyl acetate in hexanes) to give 246 mg (59%) of EM-5296. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 1.03 (s, 3H, Me), 2.66 (d, Jgem=15.2 Hz, 1H, C—CH2-Ph), 2.90 (m, 2H, H-6), 3.42 (s, 3H, OMe), 3.45 (d, Jgem=15.2 Hz, 1H, C—CH2-Ph), 7.40 (m, 5H, Ar), 7.51 (m, 2H, Pyr), 7.59 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 2H, Ar), 8.65 (bs, 2H, Pyr).
  • Preparation of EM-4350
  • EM-4350 was prepared from EM-4240 (193 mg, 0.43 mmol) using the procedure described for EM-5854 to give 120 mg (60%) of EM-4350. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 1.01 (s, 3H, Me), 2.75 (d, Jgem=13.3 Hz, 1H, C—CH2-Ph), 2.95 (m, 2H, H-6), 3.04 (d, Jgem=13.2 Hz, 1H, C—CH2-Ph), 7.44 (m, 5H, Ar), 7.64 (m, 4H, Ar, Pyr), 8.45 (d, J=6.3 Hz, 2H, Pyr).
  • Preparation of EM-5292
  • EM-5292 was prepared from EM-5296 (160 mg, 0.35 mmol) using the procedure described for EM-5854 to give 140 mg (85%) of EM-5292. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 1.04 (s, 3H, Me), 2.66 (d, Jgem=15.2 Hz, 1H, C—CH2-Ph), 2.90 (m, 2H, H-6), 3.42 (s, 3H, OMe), 3.45 (d, Jgem=15.2 Hz, 1H, C—CH2-Ph), 7.40 (m, 5H, Ar), 7.52 (m, 4H, Ar, Pyr), 8.25 (d, J=7.1 Hz, 2H, Pyr).
  • Example 9 Synthesis of EM-8912
  • Figure US20090042844A1-20090212-C00040
  • Preparation of Compound 49
  • 3-aminoestrone 48 (294 mg, 1.11 mmol) (from Radu, I.-I., Poirier, D., Provencher, L. Tetrahedron Lett. 2002, 43, 7617) was treated with 7a (5.55 mmol) and LDA (5.44 mmol) at −78° C. then 0° C. for 1 h as described for the preparation of EM-5855. The crude residue was purified by flash chromatography eluting with 20% acetone-hexanes to yield compound 49 (252 mg, 62%) as a beige solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, acetone-d6) δ: 0.97 (s, 3H, Me), 2.71-2.75 (m, 4H, —CH2-Pyr, H-6), 4.21 (bs, 2H, NH2), 6.37 (s, 1H, H-4), 6.39 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H, H-2), 6.44 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H, H-1), 7.36 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 2H, Pyr), 8.43 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 2H, Pyr).
  • Preparation of EM-8912
  • To a stirred solution of 3-chloroperbenzoic acid 70% (1.18 g, 4.80 mmol) in hot dichloromethane (8 mL) was added dropwise, a solution of compound 49 (220 mg, 0.60 mmol) in dichloromethane (20 mL). The resulting brown mixture was refluxed for 1 h, after which the mixture became yellow. After cooling at room temperature and washing with 20% sodium bisulfite, 10% sodium hydroxide, water and brine, the solvent was removed. The resulting solid was triturated in acetone to give EM-8912 as a yellow solid (150 mg, 63%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 0.97 (s, 3H, Me), 2.61 (d, Jgem=13.6 Hz, 1H, —CH2-Pyr), 2.96 (d, Jgem=13.6 Hz, 1H, —CH2-Pyr), 3.00 (m, 2H, H-6), 7.29 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 2H, Pyr), 7.44 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H, H-1), 7.96 (s, 1H, H-4), 7.99 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H, H-2), 8.14 (d, J=7.0 Hz, 2H, Pyr).
  • Example 10 Synthesis of EM-5628
  • Figure US20090042844A1-20090212-C00041
  • Preparation of Compound 51
  • A suspension of compound 50 (10.0 g, 28.6 mmol) (from Labrie, F., Provencher, L., Gauthier, S. WO 2004/089971) and copper(1) chloride (28 g, 280 mmol) in DMSO (250 mL) was stirred and heated at 120° C. for 16 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, diluted with water and ethyl acetate, and filtered. The organic phase was washed with water (6×) and brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered, and evaporated. The crude product was triturated from methanol to give 6.7 g of desired compound 51. The mother liquors were chromatographed (dichloromethane to dichloromethane-acetone/49:1) to give an additional 1.1 g of compound 51 (7.8 g, 89%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 0.93 (s, 3H, Me), 2.54 (m, 1H, H-16), 2.75 (m, 1H, H-6), 3.01 (m, 1H, H-6), 6.88 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H, Ar), 7.17 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H, Ar).
  • Preparation of Compound 52
  • Compound 52 was prepared using the same method described for compound 3. However, the crude product was chromatographed (hexanes-ethyl acetate/19:1 to hexanes-ethyl acetate/4:1). Compound 51 (7.8 g, 25.6 mmol) gave compound 52 (9.6 g, 86%). 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 0.91 (s, 3H, Me), 2.52 (m, 1H, H-16), 2.79 (m, 1H, H-6), 3.04 (m, 1H, H-6), 7.15 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H, Ar), 7.29 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H, Ar).
  • Preparation of Compound 53
  • A mixture of compound 52 (800 mg, 1.83 mmol), triphenylphosphine (31 mg, 0.115 mmol), dichlorobis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(II) (64 mg, 0.091 mmol), triethylamine (3.7 mL), tetrabutylammonium iodide (1.35 g, 3.66 mmol) and DMF (2 mL) was added in a Schlenk tube and bubbled with argon for 20 min. The reaction mixture was treated with copper(I) iodide (13 mg, 0.066 mmol), bubbled with argon for 10 min, and treated with a solution of propyne (1 mL) in DMF (4 mL). The Schlenk tube was closed and heated at 95° C. overnight. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, filtered on celite, rinced with ethyl acetate, and concentrated. The residue was chromatographed (hexanes-toluene/99:1 to hexanes-toluene/19:1) and triturated from hexanes-dichloromethane/49:1 to give compound 53 (463 mg, 77%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 0.93 (s, 3H, Me-18), 2.14 (s, 3H, Me), 2.54 (m, 1H, H-16), 2.76 (m, 1H, H-6), 3.04 (m, 1H, H-6), 7.17 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H, Ar), 7.28 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H, Ar).
  • Preparation of EM-5607
  • EM-5607 was prepared using the same method described for EM-5855. The crude product was chromatographed (chloroform-acetone/9:1 to chloroform-acetone/3:2 then chloroform-methanol/19:1 to chloroform-methanol/9:1). Compound 53 (454 mg, 1.39 mmol) gave EM-5607 (314 mg, 54%) (recovered compound 53: 200 mg). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 0.98 (s, 3H, Me-18), 2.14 (s, 3H, Me), 2.66 (d, J=13.3 Hz, 1H, CH2-Pyr), 2.75 (m, 1H, H-6), 2.96 (d, J=13.4 Hz, 1H, CH2-Pyr), 3.02 (m, 1H, H-6), 7.19 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H, Ar), 7.30 (m, 3H, Ar, Pyr), 8.55 (d, J=5.1 Hz, 2H, Pyr).
  • Preparation of EM-5628
  • EM-5628 was prepared using the same method described for EM-5854. The crude product was chromatographed (chloroform-methanol/99:1 to chloroform-methanol/9:1) and triturated from hexanes-acetone/4:1. EM-5607 (290 mg, 0.69 mmol) gave EM-5628 (260 mg, 86%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 0.97 (s, 3H, Me-18), 2.14 (s, 3H, Me), 2.63 (d, J=13.6 Hz, 1H, CH2-Pyr), 2.75 (m, 1H, H-6), 2.96 (d, J=13.7 Hz, 1H, CH2-Pyr), 3.01 (m, 1H, H-6), 7.18 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H, Ar), 7.30 (m, 3H, Ar, Pyr), 8.15 (d, J=6.7 Hz, 2H, Pyr).
  • Example 11 Synthesis of EM-8904
  • Figure US20090042844A1-20090212-C00042
    Figure US20090042844A1-20090212-C00043
  • Preparation of Compound 54
  • To an ice-cooled suspension of 4-bromoestrone 50 (5.0 g, 14.3 mmol) (from Labrie, F., Provencher, L., Gauthier, S. WO 2004/089971) in dichloromethane (150 mL) was added successively 4-(dimethylamino)pyridine (349 mg, 2.80 mmol) and 2,6-lutidine (3.13 mL, 26.9 mmol). Trifluoromethanesulfonic anhydride (2.89 mL, 17.2 mmol) was carefully added. The cooling bath was then removed and the resulting pink solution was stirred for 1 h. The solution was quenched with 10% HCl then extracted with dichloromethane. After washing once with saturated sodium bicarbonate and brine, the organic phase was dried over sodium sulfate. The solvent was evaporated to give a pink solid which was recrystallized from 15% dichloromethane-hexanes to furnish triflate 54 as white crystals (4.2 g, 61%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, acetone-d6) δ: 0.92 (s, 3H, Me), 2.80 (m, 1H, H-6), 3.02 (m, 1H, H-6), 7.35 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H, Ar), 7.57 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H, Ar).
  • Preparation of Compound 55
  • Argon was bubbled through a stirred mixture of cesium carbonate (6.48 g, 19.9 mmol) and 2,2′-bis(diphenylphosphino)-1,1′-binaphthalene (776 mg, 4.15 mmol) in toluene (10 mL) for 15 min. Palladium(II) acetate (187 mg, 1.20 mmol) was added and the resulting yellow slurry was heated at 50-60° C. for 10 min which gradually changed from yellow to red color. A solution of triflate 54 (8.00 g, 16.6 mmol) and benzophenone imine (4.2 mL, 24.9 mmol) in toluene (30 mL) was added via a cannula. The resulting mixture was vigorously stirred and heated to 100-105° C. for 60 h. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature, diluted with ethyl acetate and filtered through a pad of celite which was washed with additional ethyl acetate. After concentration and flash chromatography with 1% ethyl acetate-toluene, the orange residue was triturated from methanol (50 mL) to give imine 55 as a yellow solid (5.90 g, 70%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, acetone-d6) δ: 0.88 (s, 3H, Me), 2.65 (m, 1H, H-6), 2.94 (m, 1H, H-6), 6.45 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H, H-2), 7.08 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H, H-1), 7.24-7.70 (m, 10H, phenyl).
  • Preparation of Compound 56
  • Cyanation of 3-iminosteroid 55 (2.0 mmol) with zinc cyanide (4.0 mmol) and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (0.40 mmol) as catalyst was carried out in DMF at 120-125° C. as reported for preparation of compound 4 without trituration and chromatography.
  • Preparation of Compound 57
  • To a solution of crude 3-cyanoimime 56 in THF (10 mL) was added 10% HCl (1 mL) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 h (the yellow color gradually disappeared). Then, the pH was brought to >7 by addition of 10% sodium hydroxide and the aqueous phase was extracted with dichloromethane. The combined organic phase was washed with brine and dried over sodium sulfate. Evaporation of the solvent led to a residue which was triturated from acetone to give amine 57 (390 mg, 66%) as an off-white solid. Flash chromatography of the mother liquors eluting first with 50% hexanes-dichloromethane then 1% ethyl acetate-dichloromethane afforded a second crop of amine 57 (125 mg, 21%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 0.91 (s, 3H, Me), 2.85 (m, 1H, H-6), 2.95 (m, 1H, H-6), 4.27 (bs, 2H, NH2), 6.57 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H, H-2), 7.27 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H, H-1).
  • Preparation of Compound 58
  • Diazotation and chloration of amine 57 (2.70 mmol) were accomplished as described for preparation of compound 30 except that acetonitrile-dichloromethane/2:1 was used instead of acetonitrile. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography with 5% ethyl acetate-hexanes to give 3-chloro steroid 58 as a white solid (564 mg, 66%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, acetone-d6) δ: 0.91 (s, 3H, Me), 3.00 (m, 1H, H-6), 3.12 (m, 1H, H-6), 7.44 (d, J=8.6 Hz, H, Ar), 7.67 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H, Ar).
  • Preparation of EM-8901
  • EM-8901 (80 mg, 48%, white solid) was prepared from compound 58 according to preparation of EM-5855. 1H NMR (400 MHz, acetone-d6) δ: 0.99 (s, 3H, Me), 2.77 (d, Jgem=13.2 Hz, 1H, —CH2-Pyr), 2.93 (d, Jgem=13.2 Hz, 1H, —CH2-Pyr), 2.95 (m, 1H, H-6), 3.09 (m, 1H, H-6), 7.36 (d, J=5.8 Hz, 2H, Pyr), 7.43 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H, Ar), 7.68 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H, Ar), 8.44 (d, J=5.4 Hz, 2H, Pyr).
  • Preparation of EM-8904
  • EM-8901 was treated with 3-chloroperbenzoic acid 70% at room temperature as described for preparation of EM-5854. The crude product was triturated from acetone to give EM-8904 (61 mg, 95%) as a white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 0.96 (s, 3H, Me), 2.59 (d, Jgem=13.2 Hz, 1H, —CH2-Pyr), 2.93 (d, Jgem=13.2 Hz, 1H, —CH2-Pyr), 3.01 (m, 1H, H-6), 3.17 (m, 1H, H-6), 7.27 (m, 3H, Pyr, Ar), 7.45 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H, Ar), 8.12 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 2H, Pyr).
  • Example 12 Synthesis of EM-5886 and EM-5927
  • Figure US20090042844A1-20090212-C00044
  • Preparation of EM-5886
  • A suspension of 4-iodosteroid 31 (290 mg, 0.71 mmol), methyl-2,2-difluoro-2-fluorosulfonylacetate (0.46 mL, 3.58 mmol) and copper(I) iodide (99.999% purity, 136 mg, 0.71 mmol) were heated in dry DMF (5 mL) at 110° C. for 17 h. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate and filtered through a pad of celite. The filtrate was washed with 10% sodium bisulfite and brine, then dried over sodium sulfate. Concentration and flash chromatography of the residue with 10% ethyl acetate-hexanes gave steroid EM-5886 (187 mg, 76%) as a white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 0.92 (s, 3H, Me), 3.10 (m, 2H, H-6), 7.81 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H, Ar), 7.86 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H, Ar); MS (APCI+) m/z 348 (M+H, 100).
  • Preparation of EM-5927
  • To a cooled (−78° C.) solution of EM-5886 (75 mg, 0.21 mmol) in THF (5 mL) was added lithium aluminum hydride (1 M in THF, 0.21 mL, 0.21 mmol). After 5 min at the same temperature, sodium sulfate was added and the mixture was stirred for 2 h. After filtration, the solvent was evaporated to give EM-5927 as a white solid (40 mg, 53%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 0.79 (s, 3H, Me), 3.10 (m, 2H, H-6), 3.69 (t, J=7.1 Hz, H-17), 7.79 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H, Ar), 7.84 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H, Ar)); MS (APCI+) m/z 350 (M+H, 100).
  • Example 13 Synthesis of EM-8419 and EM-9040
  • Figure US20090042844A1-20090212-C00045
  • Preparation of EM-8420
  • A mixture of compound 13 (125 mg, 0.23 mmol), 3-pyridineboronic acid (43 mg, 0.35 mmol), tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (6.0 mg, 0.0052 mmol) in toluene (2.3 mL) and ethanol (2.3 mL) was purged with argon while stirring for 15 min. Then, an aqueous solution of sodium carbonate (2.0 M, 460 μL, 0.92 mmol) was added, and the mixture was purged with argon for another 10 min. The mixture was stirred for 16 h under reflux. After completion of the reaction, the mixture was diluted with aqueous saturated sodium bicarbonate and extracted with ethyl acetate (3×). The combined organic layer was washed with aqueous saturated sodium bicarbonate and brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude compound was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, 0-30% acetone in hexanes) to give 85 mg (78%) of EM-8420. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 0.99 (s, 3H, Me), 2.74 (m, 2H, —CH2-Ph, H-6), 2.99 (m, 2H, —CH2-Ph, H-6), 7.21 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H, Ar), 7.41 (t, J=7.7 Hz, 1H, Ar), 7.47 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H, Ar) 7.56 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H, Ar), 7.62 (t, J=5.4 Hz, 1H, Pyr), 8.16 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 1H, Pyr), 8.62 (d, J=4.6 Hz, 1H, Pyr), 8.91 (s, 1H, Pyr).
  • Preparation of EM-8419
  • To a solution of EM-8420 (77 mg, 0.16 mmol) in anhydrous dichloromethane (10 mL) at 0° C. was added 3-chloroperoxybenzoic acid (50 mg, 0.18 mmol). The mixture was stirred for 2 h at 22° C. and evaporated to dryness. The crude compound was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, 0-10% methanol in dichloromethane) to give 61 mg (77%) of EM-8419. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 0.99 (s, 3H, Me), 2.73 (m, 2H, —CH2-Ph, H-6), 2.98 (m, 2H, —CH2-Ph, H-6), 7.21 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H, Ar), 7.35 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H, Ar), 7.47 (m, 6H, Ar, Pyr), 8.20 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 1H, Pyr), 8.49 (s, 1H, Pyr).
  • Preparation of EM-9040
  • EM-9040 was prepared from compound 13 (65 mg, 0.12 mmol) using the procedure described for compound 4. The crude compound was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, 0-100% acetone in hexanes) to give 16 mg (32%) of EM-9040. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 0.97 (s, 3H, Me), 2.71 (m, 2H, —CH2-Ph, H-6), 2.98 (m, 2H, —CH2-Ph, H-6), 7.20 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H, Ar), 7.40 (t, J=7.7 Hz, 1H, Ar), 7.43 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 2H, Ar), 7.60 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 2H, Ar).
  • Example 14 Synthesis of EM-9017 and Derivatives
  • Figure US20090042844A1-20090212-C00046
    Figure US20090042844A1-20090212-C00047
  • Preparation of Compound 59
  • Compound 59 was prepared by using the same method described for compound 20 except that ethylmagnesium bromide (1 M in THF) was used instead of methyl lithium. The cooled bath was removed before quenching and the reaction mixture was then stirred for an additional 45 min period. Compound 19 (20.0 g, 42.9 mmol) gave compound 59 (20.3 g, ˜100%) which was used directly in the next step to prepare compound 60. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 0.99 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 3H, CH2-Me-11), 1.08 (s, 3H, Me), 2.70 (m, 2H, H-6), 3.46 (t, J=7.7 Hz, 1H, H-17), 4.57 (s, 2H, C—O—CH2Ph), 5.05 (s, 2H, Ar—O—CH2Ph), 6.78 (m, 2H, H-4, H-2), 7.36 (m, 10H, Ar), 7.68 (d, J=9.5 Hz, 1H, H-1).
  • Preparation of Compound 60
  • Compound 60 was prepared by using the same method described for compound 21 except that we used 2 equivalents of triethylsilane and 4 equivalents of boron trifluoride diethyl etherate. Compound 59 (20.3 g, 40.9 mmol) gave compound 60 (18.7 g, ˜100%) which was used directly in the next step to prepare compound 61. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 0.93 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 3H, CH2-Me-11), 1.01 (s, 3H, Me), 2.75 (m, 2H, H-6), 3.48 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 1H, H-17), 4.59 (s, 2H, C—O—CH2Ph), 5.03 (s, 2H, Ar—O—CH2Ph), 6.69 (s, 1H, H-4), 6.79 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H, H-2), 7.06 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H, H-1), 7.37 (m, 10H, Ar).
  • Preparation of Compound 61
  • Compound 61 was prepared by using the same method described for compound 22. Compound 60 (18.7 g, 39.0 mmol) gave compound 61 (13.6 g, >100%) which was used directly in the next step to prepare compound 62. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 0.92 (m, 6H, Me, CH2-Me-11), 2.75 (m, 2H, H-6), 3.71 (t, J=14.1 Hz, 1H, H-17), 6.54 (s, 1H, H-4), 6.64 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H, H-2), 7.02 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H, H-1).
  • Preparation of Compound 62
  • Compound 62 was prepared by using the same method described for compound 23 except that reaction was more concentrated (350 mL of cyclohexanone-toluene). Compound 61 (13.6 g, 39.0 mmol) gave compound 62 (7.4 g, 58%) after trituration in diethyl ether. Compound 62 was used directly in the next step to prepare compound 64. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 0.92 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 3H, CH2-Me-11), 1.04 (s, 3H, Me), 2.75 (m, 2H, H-6), 6.56 (s, 1H, H-4), 6.65 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H, H-2), 7.02 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H, H-1).
  • Preparation of Compound 63
  • A solution of nitric acid prepared in compound 64 procedure (8 mL, 18 mmol) was added dropwise in small portions to a solution of compound 23 (5.18 g, 18 mmol) in glacial acetic acid (800 mL) which was heated at 50° C. overnight. The reaction was monitored by NMR. The reaction mixture was evaporated and the obtained residue was chromatographed (toluene to toluene-ethyl acetate/9:1) to give 3.14 g of the desired compound 63 (48%) and 2.03 g of 2-nitro isomer 63a (31%). Compound 63: 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 0.86 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 3H, Me-11), 1.04 (s, 3H, Me), 2.74 (m, 2H, H-6), 6.99 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H, Ar), 7.38 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 1H, Ar). Compound 63a: 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 0.92 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 3H, Me-11), 1.04 (s, 3H, Me), 2.91 (m, 2H, H-6), 6.86 (s, 1H, H-4), 7.90 (s, 1H, H-1), 10.36 (s, 1H, OH).
  • Preparation of Compound 64
  • A mixture of 70% nitric acid (1.0 mL), water (6.4 mL) and sodium nitrite (26 mg) was heated at 50° C. for 10 min. A portion of the nitric solution (2.55 mL, 5.48 mmol) was added dropwise to a solution of compound 62 (2.00 g, 6.71 mmol) in glacial acetic acid (600 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred for 30 min at room temperature, filtered (fritted glass funnel), and poured into cooled water to give a yellow solid after filtration (1.52 g). The aqueous phase was extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic phase was washed with water (2×) and brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered, and evaporated to give an orange foam (0.66 g). The yellow solid and the orange foam (contains around 40% of 2-nitro isomer 64a) are combined and used directly in the next step to prepare compound 66. Analytical samples of compounds 64 and 64a were obtained by chromatography (hexanes-acetone/99:1 to hexanes-acetone/3:1). Compound 64: 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 0.92 (m, 3H, CH2-Me-11), 1.04 (s, 3H, Me), 2.75 (m, 2H, H-6), 7.00 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H, Ar), 7.38 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 1H, Ar). Compound 64a: 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 0.96 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 3H, CH2-Me-11), 1.05 (s, 3H, Me), 2.88 (m, 2H, H-6), 6.87 (s, 1H, H-4), 7.88 (s, 1H, H-1), 10.36 (s, 1H, OH).
  • Preparation of Compound 65
  • Compound 65 was prepared by using the same method described for compound 66. However, the crude product was chromatographed with different solvents (toluene to toluene-ethyl acetate/9:1) than for compound 66. Compound 63 (3.77 g, 11.4 mmol) gave compound 65 (4.7 g, 96%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 0.92 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 3H, Me-11), 1.04 (s, 3H, Me), 2.74 (m, 2H, H-6), 7.30 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 1H, Ar), 7.41 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H, Ar).
  • Preparation of Compound 66
  • A solution of a mixture of compounds 64 and 64a (7.81 g, 22.8 mmol), 2,6-lutidine (5.3 mL, 46 mmol) and 4-dimethylaminopyridine (0.28 g, 2.3 mmol) in dichloromethane (380 mL) was cooled at 0° C., treated with trifluoromethanesulfonic anhydride (4.6 mL, 27 mmol), and stirred for 2 h. The reaction mixture was quenched with aqueous saturated ammonium chloride. The organic phase was washed with HCl 1 N, water and brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered, and evaporated. The crude product was chromatographed (hexanes-ethyl acetate/19:1 to hexanes-ethyl acetate/1:1) to afford compound 66 (3.64 g, 34%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 0.95 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 3H, CH2-Me-11), 1.05 (s, 3H, Me), 2.78 (m, 2H, H-6), 7.30 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 1H, Ar), 7.41 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H, Ar).
  • Preparation of Compound 67
  • Compound 67 was prepared by using the same method described for compound 68. Compound 65 (4.70 g, 10.2 mmol) gave compound 67 (2.76 g, 80%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 0.92 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 3H, Me-11), 1.07 (s, 3H, Me), 2.85 (m, 2H, H-6), 7.53 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H, Ar), 7.63 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H, Ar).
  • Preparation of Compound 68
  • Under an argon atmosphere, a solution of compound 66 (3.64 g, 7.66 mmol), zinc cyanide (2.7 g, 23 mmol) and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (1.33 g, 1.15 mmol) in DMF (200 mL) was bubbled with argon for 10 min and heated at 140-150° C. for 1.5 h. The reaction mixture was cooled at room temperature, filtered on celite, and concentrated. The residue was filtered on silica gel (dichloromethane as eluent) and chromatographed (hexanes-ethyl acetate/19:1 to hexanes-ethyl acetate/1:2) to give compound 68 (2.22 g, 82%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 0.94 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 3H, CH2-Me-11), 1.06 (s, 3H, Me), 2.80 (m, 2H, H-6), 7.48 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H, Ar), 7.61 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H, Ar).
  • Preparation of Compound 69
  • Compound 69 was prepared by using the same method described for compound 70. Compound 67 (2.76 g, 8.16 mmol) gave compound 69 (2.01 g, 80%). 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 0.85 (d, J=7.4 Hz, 3H, Me-11), 1.02 (s, 3H, Me), 2.85 (m, 2H, H-6), 6.69 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H, Ar), 7.24 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H, Ar).
  • Preparation of Compound 70
  • Compound 70 was prepared by using the same method described for compound 5 except that 3 equivalents of iron (instead of 2.5) was used, and the reaction mixture was three times more diluted and heated at 100° C. (instead of 80° C.). The crude solid was dissolved in dichloromethane. The organic phase was washed with water and brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered, and evaporated. The crude product was chromatographed (hexanes-acetone/49:1 to hexanes-acetone/2:1) to afford compound 70 (1.70 g, 84% yield starting from 2.22 g, 6.31 mmol of compound 68). 1H NMR (400 MHz, acetone-d6) δ: 0.90 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 3H, CH2-Me-11), 1.02 (s, 3H, Me), 2.71 (m, 2H, H-6), 6.70 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H, Ar), 7.22 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H, Ar).
  • Preparation of Compound 71
  • Compound 71 was prepared by using the same method described for compound 72 except that the chromatography was performed with hexanes-dichloromethane-ethyl acetate/15:4:1 to hexanes-dichloromethane-ethyl acetate/3:1:1. Compound 69 (2.01 g, 6.53 mmol) gave compound 71 (0.61 g, 30%). 1H NMR (300 MHz, acetone-d6) δ: 0.89 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 3H, Me-11), 1.02 (s, 3H, Me), 2.96 (m, 2H, H-6), 7.33 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H, Ar), 7.58 (t, J=7.7 Hz, 1H, Ar).
  • Preparation of Compound 72
  • Compound 72 was prepared by using the same method described for compound 6. The crude product was chromatographed (hexanes-acetone/99:1 to hexanes-acetone/2:1) to afford compound 72 (0.33 g, 19% yield starting from 1.70 g, 5.28 mmol of compound 70). 1H NMR (400 MHz, methanol-d6) δ: 0.98 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H, CH2-Me-11), 1.09 (s, 3H, Me), 3.32 (m, 2H, H-6), 8.23 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H, Ar), 8.32 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H, Ar).
  • EM-6582
  • To a solution of diisopropylamine (0.17 mL, 1.2 mmol) in anhydrous THF (1.8 mL) at −78° C. was added dropwise a solution of n-BuLi (2.5 M in hexanes, 0.48 mL, 1.2 mmol). The mixture was stirred for 30 min at −78° C. under an argon atmosphere. To this freshly prepared LDA solution (0.5 M) was added dropwise a solution of 4-picoline 7a (0.116 mL, 1.2 mmol) in THF (2 mL). The mixture was stirred at −78° C. After 1 h, a solution of compound 71 (72 mg, 0.23 mmol) in THF (2 mL) was added and the mixture was stirred for 1 h at −78° C. under an argon atmosphere. After completion of the reaction (TLC), the reaction was quenched by addition of aqueous saturated ammonium chloride. The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (3×). The combined organic phase was washed with aqueous saturated sodium bicarbonate and brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The crude compound was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, chloroform-acetone/9:1 to chloroform-acetone/3:2) to give EM-6582 (50 mg, 53%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 0.94 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 3H, Me-11), 1.13 (s, 3H, Me), 2.62 (m, 2H, CH2-Pyr), 3.02 (m, 2H, H-6), 7.13 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H, Ar), 7.43 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 1H, Ar), 7.70 (bs, 2H, Pyr), 8.58 (bs, 2H, Pyr).
  • EM-6594
  • EM-6594 was prepared by using the same method described for compound EM-6582 except that picoline 7b hydrochloride was used, and the amount of LDA was doubled. The chromatography was performed with hexanes-acetone/9:1 to hexanes-acetone/3:2. Moreover, the chromatographed compound was triturated from hexanes-acetone/9:1. Compound 71 (100 mg, 0.321 mmol) gave EM-6594 (62 mg, 46%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 0.94 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 3H, Me-11), 1.12 (s, 3H, Me), 2.84 (m, 2H, CH2-Pyr, H-6), 2.99 (m, 2H, CH2-Pyr, H-6), 7.14 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H, Ar), 7.42 (t, J=7.7 Hz, 1H, Ar), 7.51 (bs, 1H, Pyr), 8.38 (bs, 1H, Pyr), 8.47 (bs, 1H, Pyr).
  • EM-8986
  • EM-8986 was prepared by using the same method described for compound EM-6582 except that the chromatography was performed with hexanes-acetone/3:1 to acetone to acetone-methanol/9:1. Compound 72 (70 mg, 0.22 mmol) gave EM-8986 (25 mg, 28%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 0.94 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 3H, CH2-Me-11), 1.11 (s, 3H, Me), 2.63 (m, 2H, CH2-Pyr, H-6), 2.97 (m, 2H, CH2-Pyr, H-6), 7.08 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H, Ar), 7.27 (bs, 2H, Pyr), 7.39 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 1H, Ar), 8.51 (bs, 2H, Pyr).
  • EM-9016
  • EM-9016 was prepared by using the same method described for compound EM-6582 except that picoline 7b was used. The chromatography was performed with hexanes to acetone. Compound 72 (67 mg, 0.21 mmol) gave EM-9016 (88 mg, 96%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 0.94 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 3H, CH2-Me-11), 1.11 (s, 3H, Me), 2.63 (m, 1H, H-6), 2.81 (d, J=13.3 Hz, 1H, CH2-Pyr), 2.97 (m, 2H, CH2-Pyr, H-6), 7.09 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H, Ar), 7.40 (m, 2H, Ar, Pyr), 8.34 (bs, 1H, Pyr), 8.42 (bs, 1H, Pyr).
  • EM-6583
  • EM-6583 was prepared by using the same method described for compound EM-8419 except that the chromatography was performed with chloroform-methanol/99:1 to chloroform-methanol/9:1. EM-6582 (50 mg, 0.12 mmol) gave EM-6583 (30 mg, 58%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 0.93 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 3H, Me-11), 1.12 (s, 3H, Me), 2.74 (d, J=13.3 Hz, 1H, CH2-Pyr), 2.87-3.11 (m, 3H, CH2-Pyr, H-6), 7.13 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H, Ar), 7.41 (m, 1H, Ar), 7.65 (bs, 2H, Pyr), 8.49 (bs, 2H, Pyr).
  • EM-6595
  • EM-6595 was prepared by using the same method described for compound EM-8419 except that the chromatography was performed with chloroform-acetone/9:1 to chloroform-acetone/3:2 followed by chloroform-methanol/19:1 to chloroform-methanol/9:1. EM-6594 (40 mg, 0.095 mmol) gave EM-6595 (31 mg, 72%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 0.93 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 3H, Me-11), 1.11 (s, 3H, Me), 2.78-3.04 (m, 4H, CH2-Pyr, H-6), 7.13 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H, Ar), 7.42 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 1H, Ar), 7.55 (bs, 1H, Pyr), 8.08 (bs, 1H, Pyr), 8.23 (bs, 1H, Pyr).
  • EM-8987
  • EM-8987 was prepared by using the same method described for compound EM-9013 except that dichloromethane was used in the work up and the crude compound was not purified by HPLC but triturated from methanol (2 mL). EM-8986 (45 mg, 0.11 mmol) gave EM-8987 (31 mg, 65%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, methanol-d4) δ: 0.98 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 3H, CH2-Me-11), 1.12 (s, 3H, Me), 2.63 (m, 2H, H-6), 2.85-3.01 (m, 3H, CH2-Pyr, OH), 7.27 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H, Ar), 7.51 (t, J=7.7 Hz, 1H, Ar), 7.56 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 2H, Pyr), 8.26 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 2H, Pyr).
  • EM-9017
  • EM-9017 was prepared by using the same method described for compound EM-9013 except that the crude compound was not purified by HPLC. EM-9016 (20 mg, 0.046 mmol) gave EM-9017 (20 mg, 96%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 0.94 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 3H, CH2-Me-11), 1.10 (s, 3H, Me), 2.67 (m, 1H, H-6), 2.77 (m, 1H, CH2-Pyr), 2.93 (d, J=13.8 Hz, 1H, CH2-Pyr), 2.98 (m, 1H, H-6), 7.08 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H, Ar), 7.40 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 1H, Ar), 7.45 (bs, 1H, Pyr), 7.99 (bs, 1H, Pyr), 8.14 (bs, 1H, Pyr).
  • Example 15 Synthesis of EM-5728
  • Figure US20090042844A1-20090212-C00048
  • Preparation of Compound 73
  • In a dry 250 mL round-bottom flask equipped with a magnetic stirrer, under an argon atmosphere, a suspension of sodium hydride (1.2 g, 60% in oil, 30 mmol) in DMSO (25 mL) was stirred at 75° C. for 1 h. The mixture was ice-cooled to 0° C. and THF (10 mL) was added following by a solution of trimethylsulfonium iodide (6.2 g, 30 mmol) in DMSO (35 mL). The mixture was stirred for 5 min and a solution of compound 30 (1.50 g, 0.478 mmol) in THF (50 mL) was added. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 h. After completion of the reaction (TLC), the reaction was quenched by addition of aqueous saturated ammonium chloride. The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (3×). The combined organic layer was washed with water (5×) and brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude compound was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, 0-30% ethyl acetate in hexanes) to give 1.02 g (65%) of compound 73. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 0.92 (s, 3H, Me), 2.66 (d, Jgem=4.8 Hz, 1H, —CH2—O), 2.74 (m, 1H, H-6), 2.96 (d, Jgem=4.9 Hz, 1H, —CH2—O), 3.02 (m, 1H, H-6), 7.31 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H, Ar), 7.47 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H, Ar).
  • Preparation of Compound 74
  • After the addition of magnesium powder (2.81 g, 117 mmol) in a dry 3-neck round-bottom flask equipped with a magnetic stirrer, under an argon atmosphere, the system was flame dried. After cooling, dry THF (10 mL) was added. The suspension was stirred vigorously while a 4-benzyloxybromobenzene (15.5 g, 58.9 mmol) solution in THF (45 mL) was added dropwise until the temperature rose 30° C. The temperature was kept below 30° C. with an ice bath during the rest of the addition. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 min. The freshly prepared Grignard solution (0.5 M) was added to a solution of copper(I) chloride (160 mg, 1.6 mmol) in THF (1 mL) and stirred 10 min to −10° C. Then, a solution of compound 73 (3.2 g, 9.8 mmol) in THF (65 mL) was added. The mixture was stirred for 3 h at 0° C. After completion of the reaction (TLC), the reaction was quenched by addition of aqueous saturated ammonium chloride. The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (3×). The combined organic layer was washed with aqueous saturated sodium bicarbonate and brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude compound was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, 0-20% ethyl acetate in hexanes) to give 4.10 g (82%) of compound 74. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 0.96 (s, 3H, Me), 2.61 (d, Jgem=13.4 Hz, 1H, C—CH2-Ph), 2.74 (m, 1H, H-6), 2.87 (d, Jgem=13.3 Hz, 1H, C—CH2-Ph), 3.01 (m, 1H, H-6), 5.07 (s, 2H, O—CH2-Ph), 6.95 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H, Ar), 7.21 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H, Ar), 7.41 (m, 7H, Ar, O-Bn).
  • Preparation of Compound 75
  • To a solution of compound 74 (4.10 g, 8.01 mmol) in anhydrous dichloromethane (840 mL) at −78° C. was added boron trichloride (1.0 M in dichloromethane, 24 mL, 24 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 1 h. After completion (TLC), the reaction was quenched with aqueous saturated sodium bicarbonate. The mixture was extracted with dichloromethane (3×). The combined organic layer was washed with aqueous saturated sodium bicarbonate and brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude compound was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, 0-30% ethyl acetate in hexanes) to give 2.65 g (80%) of compound 75. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 0.96 (s, 3H, Me), 2.60 (d, Jgem=13.4 Hz, 1H, C—CH2-Ph), 2.74 (m, 1H, H-6), 2.86 (d, Jgem=13.3 Hz, 1H, C—CH2-Ph), 3.01 (m, 1H, H-6), 6.80 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H, Ar), 7.15 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H, Ar), 7.36 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H, Ar), 7.48 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H, Ar).
  • Preparation of Compound 76
  • Compound 76 was prepared from compound 75 (2.65 g, 6.29 mmol) using the procedure described for compound 13. The crude compound was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, 0-10% ethyl acetate in toluene) to give 2.5 g (71%) of compound 76. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 0.97 (s, 3H, Me), 2.66 (d, Jgem=13.5 Hz, 1H, C—CH2-Ph), 2.74 (m, 1H, H-6), 2.96 (d, Jgem=13.3 Hz, 1H, C—CH2-Ph), 3.01 (m, 1H, H-6), 7.22 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H, Ar), 7.35 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H, Ar), 7.39 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H, Ar), 7.49 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H, Ar).
  • Preparation of Compound 77
  • A solution of compound 76 (1.00 g, 1.81 mmol) and methanol (2 mL) in DMF (17 mL) was purged with argon while stirring for 15 min. Triethylamine (7.5 mL, 54 mmol) was added and the mixture was purged with argon for another 10 min. Then, palladium(II) acetate (28 mg, 0.13 mmol) and 1,3-bis(diphenylphosphino)propane (45 mg, 0.11 mmol) were added and the mixture was stirred at 90° C. for 3 h while bubbling carbon monoxide. After completion of the reaction, the mixture was filtered through celite and washed several times with ethyl acetate. The ethyl acetate solution was washed with water and brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude compound was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, 0-30% ethyl acetate in hexanes) to give 724 mg (86%) of compound 77. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 0.96 (s, 3H, Me), 2.72 (m, 2H, C—CH2-Ph, H-6), 3.00 (m, 2H, C—CH2-Ph H-6), 3.91 (s, 3H, OMe), 7.34 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H, Ar), 7.38 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 2H, Ar), 7.48 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H, Ar), 7.99 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H, Ar).
  • Preparation of EM-5728
  • In a Schlenk tube, a mixture of compound 77 (100 mg, 0.22 mmol) and sodium cyanide (421 mg, 8.59 mmol) in dry methanol (5 mL) was purged with argon while stirring for 15 min. The mixture was cooled to −78° C. Methylamine (2 mL) was condensed and the tube was sealed. The mixture was stirred for 60 h at 65° C. After completion of the reaction, the mixture was cooled to −78° C. before the tube was opened. The temperature was brought back to 22° C. and the excess of methylamine was evaporated. The mixture was diluted with water and extracted with ethyl acetate (3×). The combined organic layer was washed with water and brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude compound was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, 0-10% methanol in chloroform) to give 100 mg (quantitative) of EM-5728. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 0.97 (s, 3H, Me), 2.71 (m, 2H, C—CH2-Ph, H-6), 3.03 (m, 5H, C—CH2-Ph H-6, NH-Me), 7.37 (m, 3H, Ar), 7.49 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H, Ar), 7.72 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H, Ar).
  • Example 16 Synthesis of EM-9159
  • Figure US20090042844A1-20090212-C00049
    Figure US20090042844A1-20090212-C00050
  • Preparation of Compound 78
  • Alcohol 78 was obtained as an oil from dibenzyl ketone 19 (10.0 g, 21.4 mmol) by reaction with vinylmagnesium bromide (1 M in THF, 54 mmol) and anhydrous cerium(III) chloride (54 mmol) as described for the preparation of compounds 20 and 59. The crude residue was purified by flash chromatography with 20% ethyl acetate-hexanes (9.25 g, 87%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 1.12 (s, 3H, Me), 2.55 (d, J=10.6 Hz, 1H), 2.65-2.95 (m, 2H, H-6), 3.45 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 1H, H-17), 4.48 (d, Jgem=11.9 Hz, 1H, —O—CH2-Ph), 4.58 (d, Jgem=12.2 Hz, 1H, —O—CH2-Ph), 5.01 (s, 2H, —O—CH2-Ph), 5.17 (d, J=10.5 Hz, 1H, vinyl), 5.44 (d, J=17.3 Hz, 1H, vinyl), 6.28 (dd, J=10.5 and 17.3 Hz, 1H, vinyl), 6.67 (dd, J=2.5 and 8.5 Hz, 1H, H-2), 6.73 (d, J=2.5 Hz, 1H, H-4), 7.24-7.43 (m, 10H, benzyl), 7.84 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H, H-1).
  • Preparation of Compound 79
  • Deoxygenation of alcohol 78 (9.20 g, 18.6 mmol) was achieved as described for the preparation of compound 21 using boron trifluoride diethyl etherate (279 mmol) and triethylsilane (93 mmol). The crude residue (8.68 g, 97%) was used directly in the next step without purification. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 1.12 (s, 3H, Me), 2.29 (dd, J=1.9 and 12.9 Hz, 1H), 2.46 (m, 1H), 2.70-2.92 (m, 2H, H-6), 3.30 (m, 1H), 3.46 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 1H, H-17), 4.55 (s, 2H, —O—CH2-Ph), 4.96 (d, J=10.4 Hz, 1H, vinyl), 5.01 (s, 2H, —O—CH2-Ph), 5.03 (d, J=18.8 Hz, 1H, vinyl), 5.73 (ddd, J=7.5, 10.5 and 18.7 Hz, 1H, vinyl), 6.67 (d, J=2.5 Hz, 1H, H-4), 6.74 (dd, J=2.5 and 8.5 Hz, 1H, H-2), 7.00 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H, H-1), 7.20-7.45 (m, 10H, benzyl).
  • Preparation of Compound 80
  • Debenzylation of compound 79 (8.68 g, 18.1 mmol) with sodium (126 mmol) in liquid ammonia was achieved as described for the preparation of compound 22 and gave steroid 80 (5.64 g). Compound 80 contains 1,2-diphenylethane and it was used directly in the next oxidation step without purification. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 0.81 (s, 3H, Me), 2.15 (dd, J=2.2 and 13.0 Hz, 1H), 2.46 (m, 1H), 2.65-2.80 (m, 2H, H-6), 3.25 (m, 1H), 3.50 (dt, J=1.8 and 7.7 Hz, 1H, H-17), 4.95 (d, J=10.4 Hz, 1H, vinyl), 4.96 (d, J=18.8 Hz, 1H, vinyl), 5.70 (ddd, J=7.5, 10.5 and 18.7 Hz, 1H, vinyl), 6.40 (d, J=2.5 Hz, 1H, H-4), 6.45 (dd, J=2.5 and 8.5 Hz, 1H, H-2), 6.83 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H, H-1).
  • Preparation of Compound 81
  • Oppenhauer's oxidation of crude alcohol 80 (5.64 g, 18.1 mmol) was accomplished as described for compound 23 using aluminum isopropoxide (41.7 mmol) and cyclohexanone to yield ketone 81 (3.30 g, 58%, 2 steps) as a beige solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 0.94 (s, 3H, Me), 2.49-2.55 (m, 2H), 2.65-2.83 (m, 2H, H-6), 3.31 (m, 1H), 4.98 (dd, J=10.9 Hz, 1H, vinyl), 5.04 (d, J=18.8 Hz, 1H, vinyl), 5.66 (ddd, J=7.5, 10.5 and 18.7 Hz, 1H, vinyl), 6.56 (d, J=2.5 Hz, 1H, H-4), 6.61 (dd, J=2.5 and 8.5 Hz, 1H, H-2), 6.96 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H, H-1).
  • Preparation of Compound 83
  • 3-cyanosteroid 83 (589 mg, 45% for 2 steps) was obtained from phenol 81 (1.25 g, 4.22 mmol) via triflate 82 as described for the preparation of compound 13 except that dimethylacetamide (heated at 120° C.) was used instead of DMF. Crude product was purified by flash chromatography eluting with 1-5% ethyl acetate-toluene. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 0.95 (s, 3H, Me), 2.62 (m, 1H), 2.92 (m, 2H, H-6), 3.31 (m, 1H), 4.99 (d, J=10.9 Hz, 1H, vinyl), 5.01 (d, J=18.8 Hz, 1H, vinyl), 5.59 (ddd, J=7.5, 10.5 and 18.7 Hz, 1H, vinyl), 7.21 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H, H-1), 7.37 (s, 1H, H-4), 7.38 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H, H-2).
  • Preparation of Compound 84
  • 3-cyanoketone 83 (725 mg, 2.21 mmol) was treated with 4-benzyloxybenzylmagnesium chloride as described for the preparation of compound 11. Crude product was purified by flash chromatography eluting with 5% acetone-hexanes to provide 17α-alkylated steroid 84 (610 mg, 55%) as an amorphous white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 0.99 (s, 3H, Me), 2.61 (d, Jgem=13.4 Hz, 1H, —CH2-Ph), 2.62 (m, 1H), 2.92 (m, 3H, H-6 and —CH2-Ph), 3.42 (m, 1H), 4.99 (dd, J=1.5 and 10.9 Hz, 1H, vinyl), 5.01 (dd, J=1.4 and 18.8 Hz, 1H, vinyl), 5.06 (s, 2H, —O—CH2-Ph), 5.66 (ddd, J=7.5, 10.5 and 18.7 Hz, 1H, vinyl), 6.95 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H, Ar), 7.21 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 2H, Ar), 7.23 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H, H-1), 7.33-7.45 (m, 7H, Ar).
  • Preparation of Compound 85
  • Debenzylation of compound 84 (300 mg, 0.596 mmol) with boron trichloride (1 M in dichloromethane, 1.78 mmol) was achieved as described for the preparation of compound 75. Crude product was purified by flash chromatography eluting with 5% acetone-hexanes to provide phenol 85 (161 mg, 65%) as an amorphous white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 1.10 (s, 3H, Me), 2.50 (d, Jgem=13.3 Hz, 1H, —CH2-Ph), 2.58 (d, Jgem=13.3 Hz, 1H, —CH2-Ph), 2.76 (d, J=11.1 Hz, 1H), 2.86 (m, 2H, H-6), 3.42 (m, 1H), 4.99 (d, J=10.9 Hz, 1H, vinyl), 5.01 (d, J=18.8 Hz, 1H, vinyl), 5.66 (ddd, J=7.5, 10.5 and 18.7 Hz, 1H, vinyl), 6.69 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 2H, Ar), 7.01 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H, Ar), 7.21 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H, H-1), 7.37 (s, 1H, H-4), 7.38 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H, H-2).
  • Preparation of EM-9159
  • EM-9159 (107 mg, 66% for 2 steps) was obtained from phenol 85 (160 mg, 0.387 mmol) via triflate 86 as described for the preparation of compounds 66 and 83. Crude product was purified by flash chromatography eluting with 5% ethyl acetate-toluene. After evaporation of the solvent, the residual white solid was triturated from methanol. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 0.88 (s, 3H, Me), 2.60 (m, 1H), 2.67 (d, Jgem=13.2 Hz, 1H, —CH2-Ph), 2.90 (m, 2H, H-6), 3.01 (d, Jgem=13.2 Hz, 1H, —CH2-Ph), 3.42 (m, 1H), 4.98 (d, J=10.8 Hz, 1H, vinyl), 5.01 (d, J=17.6 Hz, 1H, vinyl), 5.66 (ddd, J=7.5, 10.5 and 17.8 Hz, 1H, vinyl), 7.22 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H, H-1), 7.37 (s, 1H, H-4), 7.38 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H, H-2), 7.44 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 2H, Ar), 7.60 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 2H, Ar).
  • Example 17 Synthesis of EM-9013
  • Figure US20090042844A1-20090212-C00051
  • Preparation of Compound 87
  • After the addition of magnesium powder (432 mg, 18 mmol) in a dry 3-neck round-bottom flask equipped with a magnetic stirrer, under an argon atmosphere, the system was flame dried. After cooling, dry diethyl ether (2 mL) was added. The suspension was stirred vigorously while a 4-bromobenzyl bromide (1.5 g, 6.0 mmol) solution in diethyl ether (6 mL) was added dropwise until the temperature rose to 30° C. The temperature was kept below 30° C. with an ice bath during the rest of the addition. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 min. To the freshly prepared Grignard solution (0.6 M) cooled at 0° C. was added a solution of compound 48 (170 mg, 0.63 mmol) (from Radu, I.-I., Poirier, D., Provencher, L. Tetrahedron Lett. 2002, 43, 7617) in THF (3 mL). The mixture was stirred for 2 h at room temperature. After completion of the reaction (TLC), the reaction was quenched by addition of aqueous saturated ammonium chloride. The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (3×). The combined organic layer was washed with aqueous saturated sodium bicarbonate and brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude compound was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, 0-100% ethyl acetate in hexanes) to give 91 mg (35%) of compound 87. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 0.96 (s, 3H, Me), 2.63 (d, J=13.4 Hz, 1H, CH2-Ph), 2.82 (m, 2H, H-6), 2.89 (d, J=13.3 Hz, 1H, CH2-Ph), 6.47 (s, 1H, Ar), 6.54 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H, Ar), 7.12 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H, Ar), 7.20 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H, Ar), 7.45 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H, Ar).
  • Preparation of Compound 88
  • To a solution of compound 87 (91 mg, 0.21 mmol) in anhydrous dichloromethane (9 mL) was added 3-chloroperoxybenzoic acid (420 mg, 1.7 mmol). The mixture was stirred for 2 h under reflux. After completion of the reaction (TLC), the mixture was diluted with aqueous saturated sodium bicarbonate and extracted with dichloromethane (3×). The combined organic layer was washed with aqueous saturated sodium bicarbonate and brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude compound was purified by reverse-phase semi-preparative HPLC (40-100% methanol in water) to give 34 mg (35%) of compound 88. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 0.98 (s, 3H, Me), 2.62 (d, J=13.4 Hz, 1H, CH2-Ph), 2.89 (d, J=13.1 Hz, 1H, CH2-Ph), 2.99 (m, 2H, H-6), 7.19 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H, Ar), 7.45 (m, 3H, Ar), 7.98 (m, 2H, Ar).
  • Preparation of Compound 89
  • Compound 89 was prepared from compound 88 (34 mg, 0.072 mmol) and 4-pyridineboronic acid (16 mg, 0.13 mmol) using the procedure described for EM-8420. The crude compound was purified by reverse-phase semi-preparative HPLC (5-100% methanol in water) to give 20 mg (61%) of compound 89. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 1.01 (s, 3H, Me), 2.74 (d, J=13.3 Hz, 1H, CH2-Ph), 2.99 (m, 3H, CH2-Ph, H-6), 7.45 (m, 3H, Ar), 7.53 (bs, 2H, Pyr), 7.62 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H, Ar), 7.97 (m, 2H, Ar), 8.65 (bs, 2H, Pyr).
  • Preparation of EM-9013
  • To a suspension of compound 89 (20 mg, 0.043 mmol) in methanol-water/3:1 (4 mL) was added magnesium monoperoxyphthalate (50 mg, 0.080 mmol). The solution was stirred under reflux for 2 h. After completion of the reaction (TLC), the mixture was diluted with aqueous saturated sodium bicarbonate and extracted with ethyl acetate (3×). The combined organic layer was washed with aqueous saturated sodium carbonate and brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude compound was purified by reverse-phase semi-preparative HPLC (5-100% methanol in water) to give 5.0 mg (25%) of EM-9013. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 1.00 (s, 3H, Me), 2.73 (d, J=13.4 Hz, 1H, CH2-Ph), 2.99 (m, 3H, CH2-Ph, H-6), 7.45 (m, 3H, Ar), 7.54 (m, 4H, Ar, Pyr), 7.98 (m, 2H, Ar), 8.25 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 2H, Pyr).
  • Example 18 Synthesis of EM-3585
  • Figure US20090042844A1-20090212-C00052
  • Preparation of Compound 91
  • To a stirred solution of 90 (650 mg, 2.32 mmol) (from Labrie, F., Provencher, L., Gauthier, S. WO 2004/089971) in dry THF (25 mL) at 0° C. was dropwise added LiHMDS (1.0 M in THF, 2.45 mL, 2.45 mmol) under an argon atmosphere. The solution was stirred at room temperature for 30 min then cooled down to −78° C. for the addition of iodomethane (159 μL, 2.55 mmol). The solution was then stirred at room temperature for 2 h. The reaction was quenched with ice/water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic phase was washed with aqueous saturated ammonium chloride, aqueous sodium sulfite 1 M, water and brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered, then rotary evaporated to give a crude solid. Purification by flash chromatography (hexanes-ethyl acetate/19:1 to hexanes-ethyl acetate/4:1) gave the compound 91 (910 mg, 52%) as a solid. The ratio α/β isomer is 5/1; pure α-methyl isomer: 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 0.95 (s, 3H, Me), 1.16 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 3H, Me-16), 3.01-3.16 (m, 2H, H-6), 7.24 (m, 1H, Ar), 7.48 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H, Ar), 7.53 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H, Ar).
  • Preparation of Compound 92
  • To a stirred solution of 91 (289 mg, 0.986 mmol) in dry THF (8 mL) at 0° C. was dropwise added KHMDS (0.5 M in toluene, 2.9 mL, 1.45 mmol) under an argon atmosphere. The solution was stirred at room temperature for 30 min then cooled down to −78° C. for the addition of a solution of 4-(bromomethyl)benzonitrile (290 mg, 1.48 mmol) in THF (2 mL). The solution was then stirred at −78° C. for 30 min and allowed to rise to room temperature for 2 h. The reaction was quenched with ice/water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic phase was washed with aqueous saturated ammonium chloride, aqueous sodium sulfite 1 M, water and brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered, then rotary evaporated. The crude solid was purified by flash chromatography (hexanes-ethyl acetate/19:1 to hexanes-ethyl acetate/9:1) and recrystallized in hexanes-dichloromethane/19:1. The mother liquors were chromatographed (hexanes-dichloromethane/1:1), then the solids were combined to afford compound 92 (214 mg, 53%). 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 0.94 (s, 3H, Me), 1.28 (s, 3H, Me-16), 2.60 (d, J=12.8 Hz, 1H, CH2-Ph), 2.90 (m, 1H, H-6), 3.02 (d, J=12.9 Hz, 1H, CH2-Ph), 3.16 (m, 1H, H-6), 7.24 (m, 3H, Ar), 7.45 (m, 2H, Ar), 7.57 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H, Ar).
  • Preparation of EM-3585
  • To the ketone 92 (154 mg, 0.376 mmol) in dry THF (8 mL) was added dropwise LiAlH4 (1.0 M in THF, 413 μL, 0.413 mmol) at −78° C. The solution was stirred for 1 h, then quenched with sodium sulfate decahydrate (605 mg, 1.88 mmol), and stirred overnight. The suspension was filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was then purified by flash chromatography (hexanes-ethyl acetate/9:1 to hexanes-ethyl acetate/4:1) to give EM-3585 (140 mg, 90%). 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ: 0.82 (s, 3H, Me), 1.02 (s, 3H, Me-16), 2.68 (d, J=12.8 Hz, 1H, CH2-Ph), 2.76 (d, J=12.8 Hz, 1H, CH2-Ph), 2.92 (m, 1H, H-6), 3.11 (m, 1H, H-6), 3.53 (s, 1H, H-17), 7.23 (m, 1H, Ar), 7.33 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H, Ar), 7.49 (m, 2H, Ar), 7.60 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 2H, Ar).
  • PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION EXAMPLES
  • Set forth below, by way of example and not of limitation, are several pharmaceutical compositions utilizing a preferred active antiandrogen EM-5985 for systemic use. Other antiandrogens or SARMs of the invention or combination thereof, may be used in place of (or in addition to) EM-5985. The concentration of active ingredient may be varied over a wide range as discussed herein. The amounts and types of other ingredients that may be included are well known in the art.
  • Example A
  • Composition suitable for injection
    Weight %
    Ingredient (by weight of total composition)
    EM-5985 5.0
    Ethanol 6.4
    NaCl 0.8
    Water 86.9
    Benzyl alcohol 0.9
  • Example B
  • Tablet
    Weight %
    Ingredient (by weight of total composition)
    EM-5985 20.0
    Gelatin 5.0
    Lactose 47.5
    Starch 27.5
  • Example C
  • Gelatin capsule
    Weight %
    Ingredient (by weight of total composition)
    EM-5985 20.0
    Lactose hydrous 62.0
    Starch 4.8
    Cellulose microcrystalline 12.8
    Magnesium stearate 0.4
  • Other antiandrogens (i.e. EM-5854, EM-8505 or EM-8454) or SARMs (i.e. EM-8420 or EM-9017) may be substituted for EM-5985 in the above formulations. For combination therapies, 5alpha reductase inhibitors, 17beta-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase type 5 inhibitors and 17b-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase inhibitors type 13 could be added at weight % (with prorata reduction of other components).
  • Example D
  • Composition suitable for injection
    Weight %
    Ingredient (by weight of total composition)
    EM-5985 5.0
    Finasteride 0.4
    Ethanol 6.0
    NaCl 0.8
    Water 86.9
    Benzyl alcohol 0.9
  • Example E
  • Tablet
    Weight %
    Ingredient (by weight of total composition)
    EM-5985 20.0
    Finasteride 1.0
    Gelatin 5.0
    Lactose 46.5
    Starch 27.5
  • Example F
  • Gelatin capsule
    Weight %
    Ingredient (by weight of total composition)
    EM-5985 20.0
    Finasteride 1.0
    Lactose hydrous 61.0
    Starch 4.8
    Cellulose microcystalline 12.8
    Magnesium stearate 0.4
  • Example G
  • Composition suitable for injection
    Weight %
    Ingredient (by weight of total composition)
    EM-5985 5.0
    EM-1404 5.0
    Ethanol 6.0
    NaCl 0.8
    Water 82.3
    Benzyl alcohol 0.9
  • Example H
  • Tablet
    Weight %
    Ingredient (by weight of total composition)
    EM-5985 20.0
    EM-1404 20.0
    Gelatin 5.0
    Lactose 27.5
    Starch 27.5
  • Example I
  • Gelatin capsule
    Weight %
    Ingredient (by weight of total composition)
    EM-5985 20.0
    EM-1404 20.0
    Lactose hydrous 42.0
    Starch 4.8
    Cellulose microcrystalline 12.8
    Magnesium stearate 0.4
  • Example J
  • Composition suitable for injection
    Weight %
    Ingredient (by weight of total composition)
    EM-5985 5.0
    EM-1791 0.4
    Ethanol 6.0
    NaCl 0.8
    Water 86.9
    Benzyl alcohol 0.9
  • Example K
  • Tablet
    Weight %
    Ingredient (by weight of total composition)
    EM-5985 20.0
    EM-1791 20.0
    Starch 27.5
    Gelatin 5.0
    Lactose 27.5
  • Example L
  • Gelatin capsule
    Weight %
    Ingredient (by weight of total composition)
    EM-5985 20.0
    EM-1791 20.0
    Lactose hydrous 42.0
    Cellulose microcrystalline 12.8
    Magnesium stearate 0.4
    Starch 4.8
  • The invention has been described in terms of preferred embodiments and examples, but is not limited thereby. Those of skill in the art will readily recognize the broader applicability and scope of the invention which is limited only by the patent claims that issue from this application or any patent application claiming priority (directly or indirectly) hereto.

Claims (41)

1. A compound of the molecular formula, a salt or an N-oxide of thereof:
Figure US20090042844A1-20090212-C00053
wherein n is an integer from 1 to 2;
Wherein dotted lines represent optional π-bonds;
Wherein R2 and R4, are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, hydroxyl, hydroxymethyl, —S—C1-C4 alkyl, fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, cyano, nitro, amino, methoxy, ethoxy, acetyl, cyclopropyl, C1-C4 straight or branched alkyl, C2-C4 straight alkenyl, C2-C4 straight alkynyl, and fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, or cyano analogs of the foregoing;
Wherein R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, cyano, chloro, fluoro, methoxy, ethoxy, nitro, ethynyl, propynyl, butynyl, and OR′3 (R′3 being selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, carbamoyl, thiocarbamoyl, amido, and acyl);
Wherein R6, R7, R11β are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, cyano, phenyl, C1-C4 straight or branched alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C2-C4 alkynyl, and fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, or cyano analogs of the foregoing;
Wherein R16 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, cyano, pyridyl, indanyl, C1-C4 straight or branched alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C2-C4 alkynyl, cyclopropyl, and fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, or cyano analogs of the foregoing;
Wherein R17α and R17β are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, dichloromethyl, OR′ (wherein R′ being selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-C20 straight or branched alkyl, C2-C20 straight or branched alkenyl, C2-C20 straight, branched alkynyl, C2-C20 acyl and a group hydrolysed in the body), ethynyl, propynyl, butynyl, pentynyl, cyclopropylethynyl, and -A-A′-Ar
A and A′ being spacer group independently selected from the group consisting of absent, C1-C6 alkylene, C1-C6 alkenylene, C1-C6 alkynylene, —SO2— and arylene and Ar being selected from the group consisting of substituted or un-substituted pyridyl, substituted or un-substituted pyrazinyl, substituted or un-substituted pyrimidyl, substituted or un-substituted quinolinyl, and
Figure US20090042844A1-20090212-C00054
 (G being selected from the group consisting of cyano, —CONR1R2 (R1 and R2 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl), hydroxyl, —S—C1-C4 alkyl, —CSNH2, SO2CH3 and SOCH3;
Wherein when R17α is OR′, R17β is -A-A′-Ar, and when R17β is OR′, R17α is -A-A′-Ar;
R17α and R17β together may form a keto group.
2. The compound, a salt or an N-oxide derivative of thereof, of claim 1, having the following molecular formula:
Figure US20090042844A1-20090212-C00055
wherein n is an integer from 1 to 2;
Wherein R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and fluoro;
Wherein R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, cyano, chloro, methoxy, ethoxy, nitro, and propynyl;
Wherein R4 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, bromo, cyano, amino, cyclopropyl, C1 alkyl, and fluoro analogs of the foregoing;
Wherein R11β, is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, fluoro, C1-C2 alkyl, and C2 alkenyl;
Wherein R17α and R17β are independently selected from the group consisting of hydroxyl, methoxy and -A-A′-Ar
A and A′ being spacer group independently selected from the group consisting of absent —CH2—, —CHF—, —CH(CH3)—, propynylene, and
Figure US20090042844A1-20090212-C00056
 (B and C being independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, fluoro, and methyl), and Ar being selected from the group consisting of:
Figure US20090042844A1-20090212-C00057
 (D being selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, bromo, methyl, ethyl and methoxy and E being selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, cyano and methyl);
Figure US20090042844A1-20090212-C00058
 (f is CH or nitrogen);
and
Figure US20090042844A1-20090212-C00059
 (G being selected from the group consisting of cyano, —CONR1R2 (R1 and R2 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and methyl) and —SOCH3
Wherein when R17α is hydroxyl or methoxy, R17β is -A-A′-Ar, and when R17β is hydroxyl or methoxy, R17α is -A-A′-Ar.
R17α and R17β together may form a keto group.
3. The compound, a salt or an N-oxide derivative of thereof, of claim 2, having the following molecular formula:
Figure US20090042844A1-20090212-C00060
wherein n is an integer from 1 to 2;
Wherein R4 is selected from the group consisting of fluoro, chloro, and methyl;
Wherein R17α and R17β are independently selected from the group consisting of hydroxyl and —CH2—Ar
Ar being selected from the group consisting of:
Figure US20090042844A1-20090212-C00061
 (D being selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, fluoro, and methyl);
Wherein when R17α is hydroxyl or methoxy, R17β is —CH2—Ar, and when R17β is hydroxyl or methoxy, R17α is —CH2—Ar.
4. An antiandrogenic compound having a molecular formula selected from the group consisting of:
Figure US20090042844A1-20090212-C00062
5. A Selective Androgen Receptor Modulator having a molecular formula selected from the group consisting of:
Figure US20090042844A1-20090212-C00063
Figure US20090042844A1-20090212-C00064
6. A Selective Androgen Receptor Modulator of the molecular formula, a salt or an N-oxide of thereof:
Figure US20090042844A1-20090212-C00065
Wherein R4 is selected from the group consisting of cyano, chloro, nitro, and propynyl;
Wherein R16β is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, and C1-C5 alkyl, C1-C5 alkenyl, and C1-C5 alkynyl;
Wherein R17α is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, and C1-C5 alkyl, C1-C5 alkenyl, and C1-C5 alkynyl;
Wherein R″ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, and C1-C5 alkyl, C1-C5 alkenyl, and C1-C5 alkynyl;
Wherein A is group selected from the group consisting of —CH2—, —CHF—, —CH(CH3)—, propynylene, and
Figure US20090042844A1-20090212-C00066
(B and C being independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, fluoro, and methyl),
Wherein Ar being selected from the group consisting of:
Figure US20090042844A1-20090212-C00067
 (D being selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, bromo, methyl, ethyl and methoxy and E being selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, cyano and methyl);
Figure US20090042844A1-20090212-C00068
 (f is CH or nitrogen);
and
Figure US20090042844A1-20090212-C00069
 (G being selected from the group consisting of cyano, —CONR1R2 (R1 and R2 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and methyl) and —SOCH3
7. The Selective Androgen Receptor Modulator having a following molecular formula:
Figure US20090042844A1-20090212-C00070
8. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent or carrier and a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound having the following molecular formula, a salt or an N-oxide of thereof:
Figure US20090042844A1-20090212-C00071
wherein n is an integer from 1 to 2;
Wherein dotted lines represent optional π-bonds;
Wherein R2 and R4, are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, hydroxyl, hydroxymethyl, —S—C1-C4 alkyl, fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, cyano, nitro, amino, methoxy, ethoxy, acetyl, cyclopropyl, C1-C4 straight or branched alkyl, C2-C4 straight alkenyl, C2-C4 straight alkynyl, and fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, or cyano analogs of the foregoing;
Wherein R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, cyano, chloro, fluoro, methoxy, ethoxy, nitro, ethynyl, propynyl, butynyl, and OR′3 (R′3 being selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, carbamoyl, thiocarbamoyl, amido, and acyl);
Wherein R6, R7, R11β are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, cyano, phenyl, C1-C4 straight or branched alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C2-C4 alkynyl, and fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, or cyano analogs of the foregoing;
Wherein R16 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, cyano, pyridyl, indanyl, C1-C4 straight or branched alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C2-C4 alkynyl, cyclopropyl, and fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, or cyano analogs of the foregoing;
Wherein R17α and R17β are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, dichloromethyl, OR′ (wherein R′ being selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-C20 straight or branched alkyl, C2-C20 straight or branched alkenyl, C2-C20 straight, branched alkynyl, C2-C20 acyl and a group hydrolysed in the body), ethynyl, propynyl, butynyl, pentynyl, cyclopropylethynyl, and -A-A′-Ar
A and A′ being spacer group independently selected from the group consisting of absent, C1-C6 alkylene, C1-C6 alkenylene, C1-C6 alkynylene, —SO2— and arylene and Ar being selected from the group consisting of substituted or un-substituted pyridyl, substituted or un-substituted pyrazinyl, substituted or un-substituted pyrimidyl, substituted or un-substituted quinolinyl, and
Figure US20090042844A1-20090212-C00072
 (G being selected from the group consisting of cyano, —CONR1R2 (R1 and R2 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl), hydroxyl, —S—C1-C4 alkyl, —CSNH2, SO2CH3 and SOCH3;
Wherein when R17α is OR′, R17β is -A-A′-Ar, and when R17β is OR′, R17α is -A-A′-Ar;
R17α and R17β together may form a keto group.
9. A pharmaceutical composition of claim 8 wherein the compound, a salt or an N-oxide derivative of thereof, has the following molecular formula:
Figure US20090042844A1-20090212-C00073
wherein n is an integer from 1 to 2;
Wherein R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and fluoro;
Wherein R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, cyano, chloro, methoxy, ethoxy, nitro, and propynyl;
Wherein R4 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, bromo, cyano, amino, cyclopropyl, C1 alkyl, and fluoro analogs of the foregoing;
Wherein R11β, is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, fluoro, C1-C2 alkyl, and C2 alkenyl;
Wherein R17α and R17β are independently selected from the group consisting of hydroxyl, methoxy and -A-A′-Ar
A and A′ being spacer group independently selected from the group consisting of absent —CH2—, —CHF—, —CH(CH3)—, propynylene, and
Figure US20090042844A1-20090212-C00074
 (B and C being independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, fluoro, and methyl), and Ar being selected from the group consisting of:
Figure US20090042844A1-20090212-C00075
 (D being selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, bromo, methyl, ethyl and methoxy and E being selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, cyano and methyl);
Figure US20090042844A1-20090212-C00076
 (f is CH or nitrogen);
and
Figure US20090042844A1-20090212-C00077
 (G being selected from the group consisting of cyano, —CONR1R2 (R1 and R2 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and methyl) and —SOCH3
Wherein when R17α is hydroxyl or methoxy, R17β is -A-A′-Ar, and when R17β is hydroxyl or methoxy, R17α is -A-A′-Ar.
R17α and R17β together may form a keto group
10. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 9 wherein the compound, a salt or an N-oxide derivative of thereof, has the following molecular formula:
Figure US20090042844A1-20090212-C00078
wherein n is an integer from 1 to 2;
Wherein R4 is selected from the group consisting of fluoro, chloro, and methyl;
Wherein R17α and R17β are independently selected from the group consisting of hydroxyl and —CH2—Ar
Ar being selected from the group consisting of:
Figure US20090042844A1-20090212-C00079
 (D being selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, fluoro, and methyl);
Wherein when R17α is hydroxyl or methoxy, R17β is —CH2—Ar, and when R17β is hydroxyl or methoxy, R17α is —CH2—Ar.
11. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent or carrier and a therapeutically effective amount of at least one antiandrogenic compound having a molecular formula selected from the group consisting of:
Figure US20090042844A1-20090212-C00080
Figure US20090042844A1-20090212-C00081
12. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent or carrier and a therapeutically effective amount of at least one Selective Androgen Receptor Modulator having a molecular formula selected from the group consisting of:
Figure US20090042844A1-20090212-C00082
Figure US20090042844A1-20090212-C00083
13. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent or carrier and a therapeutically effective amount of at least one Selective Androgen Receptor Modulator having the following molecular formula, a salt or an N-oxide of thereof:
Figure US20090042844A1-20090212-C00084
Wherein R4 is selected from the group consisting of cyano, chloro, nitro, and propynyl;
Wherein R16β is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, and C1-C5 alkyl, C1-C5 alkenyl, and C1-C5 alkynyl;
Wherein R17α is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, and C1-C5 alkyl, C1-C5 alkenyl, and C1-C5 alkynyl;
Wherein R″ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, and C1-C5 alkyl, C1-C5 alkenyl, and C1-C5 alkynyl;
Wherein A is group selected from the group consisting of —CH2—, —CHF—, —CH(CH3)—, propynylene, and
Figure US20090042844A1-20090212-C00085
(B and C being independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, fluoro, and methyl),
Wherein Ar being selected from the group consisting of:
Figure US20090042844A1-20090212-C00086
 (D being selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, bromo, methyl, ethyl and methoxy and E being selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, cyano and methyl);
Figure US20090042844A1-20090212-C00087
 (f is CH or nitrogen);
and
Figure US20090042844A1-20090212-C00088
 (G being selected from the group consisting of cyano, —CONR1R2 (R1 and R2 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and methyl) and —SOCH3
14. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent or carrier and a therapeutically effective amount of the Selective Androgen Receptor Modulator having the following molecular:
Figure US20090042844A1-20090212-C00089
15. A method of treating, or reducing the risk of developing prostate cancer, comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment or reduction of risk a therapeutically effective amount of the compound or pharmaceutical composition of either of claims 1 or 8.
16. The method of claim 15, further comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of at least one inhibitor selected from the group comprising an inhibitor of type 13 17β-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase, an inhibitor of type 5 17β-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase, an inhibitor of 5α-reductase inhibitor or an inhibitor of androgen-synthesizing enzymes.
17. The method of claim 16, wherein an inhibitor of 5α-reductase and an inhibitor of type 13 17β-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase are administered.
18. The method of claim 15 further comprising orchiectomy or administering an LHRH agonist or antagonist.
19. A method of treating, or reducing the risk of developing benign prostatic hyperplasia comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment or reduction, a therapeutically effective amount of the compound or pharmaceutical composition of either of claims 1 or 8.
20. The method of claim 19, further comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of at least one inhibitor selected from the group comprising an antiestrogen, an inhibitor of aromatase, an inhibitor of type 13 17β-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase, and an inhibitor of 5α-reductase.
21. The method of claim 20, wherein an inhibitor of 5α-reductase and an inhibitor of type 13 17β-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase are administered.
22. A method of treating, or reducing the risk of developing polycystic ovarian syndrome comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment or reduction a therapeutically effective amount of the compound or pharmaceutical composition of either of claims 1 or 8.
23. The method of claim 22, further comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of at least one inhibitor selected from the group comprising an inhibitor of type 13 17β-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase, and an inhibitor of 5α-reductase.
24. The method of claim 23, wherein an inhibitor of 5α-reductase and an inhibitor of type 13 17β-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase are administered.
25. A method of treating or reducing the risk of developing acne, seborrhea, hirsutism or androgenic alopecia comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment or reduction of risk of a therapeutically effective amount of the compound or pharmaceutical composition of either of claims 1 or 8.
26. The method of claim 25, further comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of at least one inhibitor selected from the group comprising an inhibitor of type 13 17β-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase, and an inhibitor of 5α-reductase.
27. The method of claim 26, wherein an inhibitor of 5α-reductase and an inhibitor of type 13 17β-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase are administered.
28. A method of treating precocious puberty comprising administering to a male or female patient in need of such treatment a therapeutically effective amount of the compound or pharmaceutical composition of either of claims 1 or 8.
29. The method of claim 28 comprising administering to a male patient a therapeutically effective amount of an LHRH agonist or antagonist.
30. The method of claim 29 comprising administering to a male or female patient a therapeutically effective amount of a type 13 17β-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase
31. The method of claim 28 comprising administering to a male patient a therapeutically effective amount of a type 13 17β-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase and a LHRH agonist or antagonist.
32. The method of claim 28 further comprising administering a 5α-reductase inhibitor.
33. The method of claim 29 further comprising administering a 5α-reductase inhibitor.
34. The method of claim 30 further comprising administering a 5α-reductase inhibitor.
35. The method of claim 31 further comprising administering a 5α-reductase inhibitor.
36. The compound of claim 1 possessing a tissue-specific antiandrogenic activity and a tissue-specific androgenic activity.
37. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 8 wherein the active compound possesses a tissue-specific antiandrogenic activity and a tissue-specific androgenic activity.
38. A method of treating, or reducing the risk of developing diseases related to loss of androgenic stimulation, comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment or reduction a therapeutically effective amount of the compound or pharmaceutical composition of either of claims 1 or 8.
39. A method of treating or reducing the risk of developing muscle atrophy and weakness, skin atrophy, bone loss, anemia, arteriosclerosis, cardiovascular disease, loss of energy, loss of well-being, type 2 diabetes, abdominal fat accumulation comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment or reduction of risk a therapeutically effective amount of a Selective Androgen Receptor Modulator or pharmaceutical composition of either of claims 1 or 8.
40. A method of treating or reducing the risk of developing benign prostatic hyperplasia comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment or reduction of risk a therapeutically effective amount of a Selective Androgen Receptor Modulator or pharmaceutical composition of either of claims 1 or 8.
41. A method of reducing the risk of developing of the prostate cancer comprising administering to a patient in need of such reduction of risk a therapeutically effective amount of a Selective Androgen Receptor Modulator or pharmaceutical composition of either of claims 1 or 8.
US12/100,372 2007-04-12 2008-04-09 17alpha-substituted steroids as systemic antiandrogens and selective androgen receptor modulators Active 2031-01-19 US9284345B2 (en)

Priority Applications (8)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US12/100,372 US9284345B2 (en) 2007-04-12 2008-04-09 17alpha-substituted steroids as systemic antiandrogens and selective androgen receptor modulators
AU2008238559A AU2008238559B2 (en) 2007-04-12 2008-04-11 17alpha-substituted steroids as systemic antiandrogens and selective androgen receptor modulators
EP08748116.4A EP2147014B1 (en) 2007-04-12 2008-04-11 17alpha-substituted steroids as systemic antiandrogens and selective androgen receptor modulators
CA2683522A CA2683522C (en) 2007-04-12 2008-04-11 17alpha-substituted steroids as systemic antiandrogens and selective androgen receptor modulators
HUE08748116A HUE027508T2 (en) 2007-04-12 2008-04-11 17alpha-substituted steroids as systemic antiandrogens and selective androgen receptor modulators
PCT/CA2008/000672 WO2008124922A1 (en) 2007-04-12 2008-04-11 17alpha-substituted steroids as systemic antiandrogens and selective androgen receptor modulators
NZ580328A NZ580328A (en) 2007-04-12 2008-04-11 17alpha-substituted steroids as systemic antiandrogens and selective androgen receptor modulators
DK08748116.4T DK2147014T3 (en) 2007-04-12 2008-04-11 17alpha-substituted steroids such as SYSTEMIC ANTI-Androgens and selective androgen receptor modulators

Applications Claiming Priority (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US91143407P 2007-04-12 2007-04-12
US91145207P 2007-04-12 2007-04-12
US12/100,372 US9284345B2 (en) 2007-04-12 2008-04-09 17alpha-substituted steroids as systemic antiandrogens and selective androgen receptor modulators

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20090042844A1 true US20090042844A1 (en) 2009-02-12
US9284345B2 US9284345B2 (en) 2016-03-15

Family

ID=39863194

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US12/100,372 Active 2031-01-19 US9284345B2 (en) 2007-04-12 2008-04-09 17alpha-substituted steroids as systemic antiandrogens and selective androgen receptor modulators

Country Status (8)

Country Link
US (1) US9284345B2 (en)
EP (1) EP2147014B1 (en)
AU (1) AU2008238559B2 (en)
CA (1) CA2683522C (en)
DK (1) DK2147014T3 (en)
HU (1) HUE027508T2 (en)
NZ (1) NZ580328A (en)
WO (1) WO2008124922A1 (en)

Cited By (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2016172358A1 (en) * 2015-04-21 2016-10-27 Gtx, Inc. Selective androgen receptor degrader (sard) ligands and methods of use thereof
US9815776B2 (en) 2015-04-21 2017-11-14 University Of Tennessee Research Foundation Selective androgen receptor degrader (SARD) ligands and methods of use thereof
US9834507B2 (en) 2015-04-21 2017-12-05 University Of Tennessee Research Foundation Selective androgen receptor degrader (SARD) ligands and methods of use thereof
US10017471B2 (en) 2015-04-21 2018-07-10 University Of Tennessee Research Foundation Selective androgen receptor degrader (SARD) ligands and methods of use thereof
US10035763B2 (en) 2015-04-21 2018-07-31 Gtx, Inc. Selective androgen receptor degrader (SARD) ligands and methods of use thereof
US10093613B2 (en) 2015-04-21 2018-10-09 Gtx, Inc. Selective androgen receptor degrader (SARD) ligands and methods of use thereof
US10441570B2 (en) 2015-04-21 2019-10-15 University Of Tennessee Research Foundation Selective androgen receptor degrader (SARD) Ligands and methods of use thereof
US10654809B2 (en) 2016-06-10 2020-05-19 University Of Tennessee Research Foundation Selective androgen receptor degrader (SARD) ligands and methods of use thereof
US10806720B2 (en) 2015-04-21 2020-10-20 University Of Tennessee Research Foundation Selective androgen receptor degrader (SARD) ligands and methods of use thereof
US10865184B2 (en) 2015-04-21 2020-12-15 University Of Tennessee Research Foundation Selective androgen receptor degrader (SARD) ligands and methods of use thereof
US11230523B2 (en) 2016-06-10 2022-01-25 University Of Tennessee Research Foundation Selective androgen receptor degrader (SARD) ligands and methods of use thereof

Families Citing this family (21)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR20130124576A (en) 2004-01-07 2013-11-14 앙도르쉐르슈 인코포레이티드 Helix 12 directed steroidal pharmaceutical products
US8268872B2 (en) 2008-02-22 2012-09-18 Radius Health, Inc. Selective androgen receptor modulators
MX2010009162A (en) 2008-02-22 2010-12-21 Radius Health Inc Selective androgen receptor modulators.
US8987319B2 (en) 2010-02-04 2015-03-24 Radius Health, Inc. Selective androgen receptor modulators
RS54993B1 (en) 2010-05-12 2016-11-30 Radius Health Inc Therapeutic regimens
US8642632B2 (en) 2010-07-02 2014-02-04 Radius Health, Inc. Selective androgen receptor modulators
US9133182B2 (en) 2010-09-28 2015-09-15 Radius Health, Inc. Selective androgen receptor modulators
WO2012143395A1 (en) 2011-04-20 2012-10-26 Syngenta Participations Ag 4,5-dihydro-isoxazole derivatives as fungicides
US9682960B2 (en) 2013-12-19 2017-06-20 Endorecherche, Inc. Non-steroidal antiandrogens and selective androgen receptor modulators with a pyridyl moiety
HUE061499T2 (en) 2014-03-28 2023-07-28 Univ Duke Treating breast cancer using selective estrogen receptor modulators
US9421264B2 (en) 2014-03-28 2016-08-23 Duke University Method of treating cancer using selective estrogen receptor modulators
US20170368036A1 (en) 2016-06-22 2017-12-28 Radius Health, Inc. Ar+ breast cancer treatment methods
KR102322802B1 (en) 2017-01-05 2021-11-04 래디어스 파마슈티컬스, 인코포레이티드 Polymorphic form of RAD1901-2HCL
CN106946963B (en) * 2017-04-01 2019-09-20 湖南玉新药业有限公司 The method for preparing 16 Beta-methyl key intermediates of betamethasone
CN106986907B (en) * 2017-04-01 2019-09-20 湖南玉新药业有限公司 It is used to prepare the preparation method of the intermediate of betamethasone
UA126342C2 (en) 2017-06-08 2022-09-21 Форендо Фарма Лтд 15.beta.-[3-propanamido]-substituted estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-17-one compounds and their 17-oximes for use in inhibition of 17.beta.-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenases
CA3104395A1 (en) 2018-07-04 2020-01-09 Radius Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Polymorphic forms of rad1901-2hcl
EA202191531A1 (en) 2018-12-05 2021-09-03 Форендо Фарма Лтд THERAPEUTICALLY ACTIVE STEROID DERIVATIVES
US11904006B2 (en) 2019-12-11 2024-02-20 University Of Iowa Research Foundation Poly(diaminosulfide) particle-based vaccine
CN116685567A (en) * 2021-06-11 2023-09-01 株式会社德山 Hydroxy thienoimidazole derivative, vinyl thioether derivative, n-butylidene thioether derivative, and process for producing saturated straight-chain hydrocarbon-substituted thienoimidazole derivative
WO2022271951A1 (en) 2021-06-23 2022-12-29 University Of Iowa Research Foundation Sustained release formulations comprising a selective androgen receptor modulator

Citations (24)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US2938030A (en) * 1956-10-03 1960-05-24 Ciba Pharm Prod Inc New steroids substituted by a heterocyclic nitrogen-containing ring in 17-position
US3117140A (en) * 1959-11-05 1964-01-07 Schering Ag 3-position substituted estranes
US3742951A (en) * 1971-08-09 1973-07-03 Alza Corp Bandage for controlled release of vasodilators
US3797494A (en) * 1969-04-01 1974-03-19 Alza Corp Bandage for the administration of drug by controlled metering through microporous materials
US4568343A (en) * 1984-10-09 1986-02-04 Alza Corporation Skin permeation enhancer compositions
US5064654A (en) * 1989-01-11 1991-11-12 Ciba-Geigy Corporation Mixed solvent mutually enhanced transdermal therapeutic system
US5071644A (en) * 1990-08-07 1991-12-10 Mediventures, Inc. Topical drug delivery with thermo-irreversible gels
US5071657A (en) * 1983-09-12 1991-12-10 Schering Aktiengesellschaft Device for transdermal administration of active medicinal agents
US5362720A (en) * 1991-06-28 1994-11-08 Endorecherche, Inc. Methods of treating or preventing breast or endometrial cancer with low dose non-masculinizing androgenic compounds
US5411981A (en) * 1991-01-09 1995-05-02 Roussel Uclaf Phenylimidazolidines having antiandrogenic activity
US5434176A (en) * 1992-07-08 1995-07-18 Roussel Uclaf Phenylimidazolidines
US5914325A (en) * 1993-11-10 1999-06-22 Jenapharm Gmbh Steroids with radical-attracting aromatic substituents, process for the production thereof and pharmaceutical compounds containing the said substances
US6071957A (en) * 1996-11-27 2000-06-06 The University Of Tennessee Research Corporation Irreversible non-steroidal antagonist compound and its use in the treatment of prostate cancer
US20030203855A1 (en) * 2000-08-18 2003-10-30 Potter Barry Victor Lloyd 17-Aryl linker derivatised estrogen 3-sulphamates as inhibitors of steroid sulphatase
US20040077606A1 (en) * 2000-06-28 2004-04-22 Salvati Mark E. Fused cyclic modulators of nuclear hormone receptor function
US20040077605A1 (en) * 2001-06-20 2004-04-22 Salvati Mark E. Fused heterocyclic succinimide compounds and analogs thereof, modulators of nuclear hormone receptor function
US20040082556A1 (en) * 1998-03-11 2004-04-29 Endorecherche, Inc. Inhibitors of type 5 and type 3 17beta-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase and methods for their use
US20050033074A1 (en) * 2002-02-28 2005-02-10 Dalton James T. Multi-substitued selective androgen receptor modulators and methods of use thereof
US20050250749A1 (en) * 2004-01-07 2005-11-10 Endorecherche, Inc. Helix 12 directed pharmaceutical products
US20050250741A1 (en) * 2004-05-03 2005-11-10 Lanter James C Novel indole derivatives as selective androgen receptor modulators (SARMS)
US20060009529A1 (en) * 1996-11-27 2006-01-12 Dalton James T Synthesis of selective androgen receptor modulators
US20060014739A1 (en) * 2004-05-17 2006-01-19 Nathalie Schlienger Androgen receptor modulators and method of treating disease using the same
US20060287327A1 (en) * 2005-06-17 2006-12-21 Fernand Labrie Helix 12 directed non-steroidal antiandrogens
US20120322778A1 (en) * 2007-08-10 2012-12-20 Endorecherche, Inc. Pharmaceutical compositions

Family Cites Families (31)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
FR1473910A (en) 1965-11-16 1967-03-24 Lilly Co Eli Process for the preparation of a novel 3-methoxyoestradiol ester
US4191775A (en) 1977-12-15 1980-03-04 Imperial Chemical Industries Limited Amide derivatives
EP0100172B1 (en) 1982-07-23 1987-08-12 Imperial Chemical Industries Plc Amide derivatives
US4816258A (en) 1987-02-26 1989-03-28 Alza Corporation Transdermal contraceptive formulations
HU208150B (en) 1988-10-31 1993-08-30 Endorecherche Inc Process for producing new estrogen derivatives having steroid hormone inhibitor activity and pharmaceutical compositions comprising such derivatives
DE69034148T2 (en) 1989-07-07 2005-06-30 Endorecherche Inc., Ste-Foy Combination therapy for the prophylaxis and / or treatment of benign prostatic hyperplasia
FR2671348B1 (en) 1991-01-09 1993-03-26 Roussel Uclaf NOVEL PHENYLIMIDAZOLIDINES, THEIR PREPARATION PROCESS, THEIR APPLICATION AS MEDICAMENTS AND THE PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING THEM.
FR2693461B1 (en) 1992-07-08 1994-09-02 Roussel Uclaf New substituted phenylimidazolidines, process for their preparation, their use as medicaments and the pharmaceutical compositions containing them.
TW521073B (en) 1994-01-05 2003-02-21 Hoechst Marion Roussel Inc New optionally substituted phenylimidazolidines, their preparation process, their use as anti-androgenic agent and the pharmaceutical compositions containing them
EP1041071A1 (en) 1994-12-22 2000-10-04 Ligand Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Methods for the preparation of coumarine derivatives
US5656651A (en) 1995-06-16 1997-08-12 Biophysica Inc. Androgenic directed compositions
FR2741342B1 (en) 1995-11-22 1998-02-06 Roussel Uclaf NOVEL FLUORINATED OR HYDROXYLATED PHENYLIMIDAZOLIDINES, METHOD, PREPARATION MEDIA, APPLICATION AS MEDICAMENTS, NEW USE AND PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS
FR2742749B1 (en) 1995-12-22 1998-02-06 Roussel Uclaf NOVEL PHENYLIMIDAZOLIDINES INCLUDING IN PARTICULAR A NITROOXY OR CARBONYLOXY RADICAL, PROCESS AND INTERMEDIATES FOR PREPARATION, APPLICATION AS MEDICAMENTS, NEW USES AND PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS
AU7604798A (en) 1997-05-30 1998-12-30 University Of Tennessee Research Corporation, The Non-steroidal agonist compounds and their use in male hormone therapy
JP2002522380A (en) 1998-08-07 2002-07-23 アンドルシェルシュ・インコーポレイテッド Inhibition of type 33 α-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase
US6184249B1 (en) 1998-12-18 2001-02-06 Biophysica, Inc. Androgen receptor suppressors in the therapy and diagnosis of prostate cancer, alopecia and other hyper-androgenic syndromes
US6566372B1 (en) 1999-08-27 2003-05-20 Ligand Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Bicyclic androgen and progesterone receptor modulator compounds and methods
WO2001016133A2 (en) 1999-08-27 2001-03-08 Ligand Pharmaceuticals Incorporated 8-substituted-6-trifluoromethyl-9-pyrido[3,2-g]quinoline compounds as androgen receptor modulators
US7041839B2 (en) 2000-06-22 2006-05-09 Northeastern University Steroidal antiestrogens and antiandrogens and uses thereof
BR0111298A (en) 2000-06-28 2005-05-10 Bristol Myers Squibb Co Selective androgen receptor modulators and methods for their identification, design and use
JP2002088073A (en) 2000-09-08 2002-03-27 Yamanouchi Pharmaceut Co Ltd Anti-androgenic agent
YU20003A (en) 2000-09-19 2006-03-03 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Fused heterocyclic succinamide compounds and analogs thereof, modulators of nuclear hormone receptor function
GB0306718D0 (en) 2003-03-24 2003-04-30 Sterix Ltd Compound
US20040224935A1 (en) 2003-04-07 2004-11-11 Endorecherche, Inc. Topical antiandrogenic steroids
DE10322108B4 (en) 2003-05-09 2008-12-11 Bayer Schering Pharma Aktiengesellschaft Antiandrogenic pyrrolidines with antitumor activity
JP4664814B2 (en) 2003-06-12 2011-04-06 中外製薬株式会社 Imidazolidine derivatives
CN1835937B (en) 2003-06-13 2012-07-18 詹森药业有限公司 Novel thiazoline derivatives as selective androgen receptor modulators (SARMS)
SE0301934L (en) 2003-06-30 2005-02-22 Delaval Holding Ab Milking device and method for handling a milking device
US20050124625A1 (en) 2003-10-21 2005-06-09 Salvati Mark E. Piperazine derivatives and their use as modulators of nuclear hormone receptor function
WO2005048956A2 (en) 2003-11-18 2005-06-02 University Of Massachusetts Estradiol-related compounds and methods of use as anti-tumor agents
BRPI0511308B8 (en) 2004-06-07 2021-05-25 Univ Tennessee Res Found selective androgen receptor modulators and their methods of use

Patent Citations (26)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US2938030A (en) * 1956-10-03 1960-05-24 Ciba Pharm Prod Inc New steroids substituted by a heterocyclic nitrogen-containing ring in 17-position
US3117140A (en) * 1959-11-05 1964-01-07 Schering Ag 3-position substituted estranes
US3797494A (en) * 1969-04-01 1974-03-19 Alza Corp Bandage for the administration of drug by controlled metering through microporous materials
US3742951A (en) * 1971-08-09 1973-07-03 Alza Corp Bandage for controlled release of vasodilators
US3742951B1 (en) * 1971-08-09 1982-11-23
US5071657A (en) * 1983-09-12 1991-12-10 Schering Aktiengesellschaft Device for transdermal administration of active medicinal agents
US4568343A (en) * 1984-10-09 1986-02-04 Alza Corporation Skin permeation enhancer compositions
US5064654A (en) * 1989-01-11 1991-11-12 Ciba-Geigy Corporation Mixed solvent mutually enhanced transdermal therapeutic system
US5071644A (en) * 1990-08-07 1991-12-10 Mediventures, Inc. Topical drug delivery with thermo-irreversible gels
US5411981A (en) * 1991-01-09 1995-05-02 Roussel Uclaf Phenylimidazolidines having antiandrogenic activity
US5362720A (en) * 1991-06-28 1994-11-08 Endorecherche, Inc. Methods of treating or preventing breast or endometrial cancer with low dose non-masculinizing androgenic compounds
US5434176A (en) * 1992-07-08 1995-07-18 Roussel Uclaf Phenylimidazolidines
US5914325A (en) * 1993-11-10 1999-06-22 Jenapharm Gmbh Steroids with radical-attracting aromatic substituents, process for the production thereof and pharmaceutical compounds containing the said substances
US20060009529A1 (en) * 1996-11-27 2006-01-12 Dalton James T Synthesis of selective androgen receptor modulators
US6071957A (en) * 1996-11-27 2000-06-06 The University Of Tennessee Research Corporation Irreversible non-steroidal antagonist compound and its use in the treatment of prostate cancer
US20040082556A1 (en) * 1998-03-11 2004-04-29 Endorecherche, Inc. Inhibitors of type 5 and type 3 17beta-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase and methods for their use
US20040077606A1 (en) * 2000-06-28 2004-04-22 Salvati Mark E. Fused cyclic modulators of nuclear hormone receptor function
US20030203855A1 (en) * 2000-08-18 2003-10-30 Potter Barry Victor Lloyd 17-Aryl linker derivatised estrogen 3-sulphamates as inhibitors of steroid sulphatase
US7119081B2 (en) * 2000-08-18 2006-10-10 Sterix Limited Oestrogen-17-sulphamates as inhibitors of steroid sulphatase
US20040077605A1 (en) * 2001-06-20 2004-04-22 Salvati Mark E. Fused heterocyclic succinimide compounds and analogs thereof, modulators of nuclear hormone receptor function
US20050033074A1 (en) * 2002-02-28 2005-02-10 Dalton James T. Multi-substitued selective androgen receptor modulators and methods of use thereof
US20050250749A1 (en) * 2004-01-07 2005-11-10 Endorecherche, Inc. Helix 12 directed pharmaceutical products
US20050250741A1 (en) * 2004-05-03 2005-11-10 Lanter James C Novel indole derivatives as selective androgen receptor modulators (SARMS)
US20060014739A1 (en) * 2004-05-17 2006-01-19 Nathalie Schlienger Androgen receptor modulators and method of treating disease using the same
US20060287327A1 (en) * 2005-06-17 2006-12-21 Fernand Labrie Helix 12 directed non-steroidal antiandrogens
US20120322778A1 (en) * 2007-08-10 2012-12-20 Endorecherche, Inc. Pharmaceutical compositions

Non-Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
Boivin, Roch et al. (AN 2000:736379, HCAPLUS, DN 133:359332, abstract of Journal of Medicinal Chemistry (2000), 43(23), 4465-4478) *
Ciobanu et al. (J. Med. Chem. 1999, 42, 2280-2286) *
Poirier et. al. (Bioorganic & Medicinal Chemistry Letters (1998), 1891-1896 *
Roy, D. R. et al. (AN 2007:1368057, DN 148:11368057, HCAPLUS, abstract of Euorpean J of Medicinal Chemistry (2007), 42(11-12), 1365-1369). *
Roy, D. R. et al. (Euorpean J of Medicinal Chemistry (2007), 42(11-12), 1365-1369). *

Cited By (20)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US10597354B2 (en) 2015-04-21 2020-03-24 University Of Tennessee Research Foundation Selective androgen receptor degrader (SARD) ligands and methods of use thereof
US11591290B2 (en) 2015-04-21 2023-02-28 University Of Tennessee Research Foundation Selective androgen receptor degrader (SARD) ligands and methods of use thereof
US9814698B2 (en) 2015-04-21 2017-11-14 University Of Tennessee Research Foundation Selective androgen receptor degrader (SARD) ligands and methods of use thereof
US9834507B2 (en) 2015-04-21 2017-12-05 University Of Tennessee Research Foundation Selective androgen receptor degrader (SARD) ligands and methods of use thereof
CN107709290A (en) * 2015-04-21 2018-02-16 Gtx公司 Selective androgen receptor degradation agent (SARD) part and its application method
JP2018513182A (en) * 2015-04-21 2018-05-24 ジーティーエックス・インコーポレイテッド Selective androgen receptor degrading agent (SARD) ligand and method of use thereof
US10017471B2 (en) 2015-04-21 2018-07-10 University Of Tennessee Research Foundation Selective androgen receptor degrader (SARD) ligands and methods of use thereof
WO2016172358A1 (en) * 2015-04-21 2016-10-27 Gtx, Inc. Selective androgen receptor degrader (sard) ligands and methods of use thereof
US11873282B2 (en) 2015-04-21 2024-01-16 University Of Tennessee Research Foundation Selective androgen receptor degrader (SARD) ligands and methods of use thereof
US9815776B2 (en) 2015-04-21 2017-11-14 University Of Tennessee Research Foundation Selective androgen receptor degrader (SARD) ligands and methods of use thereof
US10035763B2 (en) 2015-04-21 2018-07-31 Gtx, Inc. Selective androgen receptor degrader (SARD) ligands and methods of use thereof
US10093613B2 (en) 2015-04-21 2018-10-09 Gtx, Inc. Selective androgen receptor degrader (SARD) ligands and methods of use thereof
US10806720B2 (en) 2015-04-21 2020-10-20 University Of Tennessee Research Foundation Selective androgen receptor degrader (SARD) ligands and methods of use thereof
US10865184B2 (en) 2015-04-21 2020-12-15 University Of Tennessee Research Foundation Selective androgen receptor degrader (SARD) ligands and methods of use thereof
US11648234B2 (en) 2015-04-21 2023-05-16 University Of Tennessee Research Foundation Selective androgen receptor degrader (SARD) ligands and methods of use
US10441570B2 (en) 2015-04-21 2019-10-15 University Of Tennessee Research Foundation Selective androgen receptor degrader (SARD) Ligands and methods of use thereof
US11273147B2 (en) 2015-04-21 2022-03-15 University Of Tennessee Research Foundation Selective androgen receptor degrader (SARD) ligands and methods of use thereof
US11230523B2 (en) 2016-06-10 2022-01-25 University Of Tennessee Research Foundation Selective androgen receptor degrader (SARD) ligands and methods of use thereof
US11230531B2 (en) 2016-06-10 2022-01-25 University Of Tennessee Research Foundation Selective androgen receptor degrader (SARD) ligands and methods of use thereof
US10654809B2 (en) 2016-06-10 2020-05-19 University Of Tennessee Research Foundation Selective androgen receptor degrader (SARD) ligands and methods of use thereof

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CA2683522A1 (en) 2008-10-23
EP2147014A1 (en) 2010-01-27
HUE027508T2 (en) 2016-10-28
NZ580328A (en) 2012-05-25
AU2008238559A1 (en) 2008-10-23
US9284345B2 (en) 2016-03-15
EP2147014B1 (en) 2016-02-17
CA2683522C (en) 2013-01-22
EP2147014A4 (en) 2012-11-07
DK2147014T3 (en) 2016-05-17
WO2008124922A1 (en) 2008-10-23
AU2008238559B2 (en) 2012-05-31

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US9284345B2 (en) 17alpha-substituted steroids as systemic antiandrogens and selective androgen receptor modulators
EP1899305B1 (en) Helix 12 directed non-steroidal antiandrogens
KR101536701B1 (en) Helix 12 directed steroidal pharmaceutical products
JP6130087B1 (en) 17-Hydroxy-17-pentafluoroethyl-estradi-4,9 (10) -dien-11-aryl derivatives, process for producing the same, treatment of various diseases using the derivatives
KR0181264B1 (en) Androgen derivatives for use in the inhibition of sex steroid activity
JPH07501528A (en) Sex steroid activity inhibitor
EP3083590B1 (en) Non-steroidal antiandrogens and selective androgen receptor modulators with a pyridyl moiety
SK139194A3 (en) The improved antiandrogens
KR20100102136A (en) 19-NOR-STEROID DERIVATIVES WITH A 15α,16α-METHYLENE GROUP AND A SATURATED 17,17-SPIROLACTONE RING, USE THEREOF, AND MEDICAMENTS CONTAINING SAID DERIVATIVES
TW200938205A (en) 15,16-methylene-17-(1&#39;-propenyl)-17-3&#39;-oxidoestra-4-en-3-one derivative, use thereof and drug containing the derivative
ES2397972T3 (en) Steroid y-lactone derivative of 15,16-methylene-17-hydroxy-19-nor-21-carboxylic acid, its use and medicine containing the derivative
KR20100102688A (en) 17-HYDROXY-19-NOR-21-CARBOXYLIC ACID-STEROID γ-LACTONE DERIVATIVE, USE THEREOF, AND MEDICAMENT CONTAINING THE DERIVATIVE
US20040224935A1 (en) Topical antiandrogenic steroids
TW200940562A (en) 17-(1&#39;-propenyl)-17-3&#39;-oxidoestra-4-en-3-one derivative, use thereof and medicinal products containing the derivative

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AS Assignment

Owner name: ENDORECHERCHE, INC., CANADA

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:LABRIE, FERNAND, DR.;GAUTHIER, SYLVAIN, DR.;CLOUTIER, JULIE;AND OTHERS;REEL/FRAME:021702/0429;SIGNING DATES FROM 20081006 TO 20081015

Owner name: ENDORECHERCHE, INC., CANADA

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:LABRIE, FERNAND, DR.;GAUTHIER, SYLVAIN, DR.;CLOUTIER, JULIE;AND OTHERS;SIGNING DATES FROM 20081006 TO 20081015;REEL/FRAME:021702/0429

STCF Information on status: patent grant

Free format text: PATENTED CASE

MAFP Maintenance fee payment

Free format text: PAYMENT OF MAINTENANCE FEE, 4TH YEAR, LARGE ENTITY (ORIGINAL EVENT CODE: M1551); ENTITY STATUS OF PATENT OWNER: LARGE ENTITY

Year of fee payment: 4

MAFP Maintenance fee payment

Free format text: PAYMENT OF MAINTENANCE FEE, 8TH YEAR, LARGE ENTITY (ORIGINAL EVENT CODE: M1552); ENTITY STATUS OF PATENT OWNER: LARGE ENTITY

Year of fee payment: 8